Wa 707

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 302

Operation and VENAM02003

Maintenance Manual

WHEEL LOADER
-7
SERIAL NUMBERS H62051 and up

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS
DANGER
Errors in the operation and maintenance may be
dangerous and cause personal injury. Be sure to read
and understand this manual thoroughly before operating
the machine or performing maintenance. Keep this
manual accessible at all times and have all personnel
read it periodically.

NOTE
Komatsu has had this Operation and Maintenance
Manual translated into some other languages used in the
European Union. Please contact your Komatsu
distributor if you need a manual in another language.

© 2016 Komatsu
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Europe 11.2016
Foreword

1. Foreword

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-1


1.1 Foreword Foreword

1.1 Foreword
This manual provides rules and guidelines to help you use this
machine safely and effectively. The precautions in this manual
must be followed at all times during the operation and mainte-
nance of the machine. The majority of accidents are caused by a
failure to follow fundamental safety rules for the operation and
maintenance of machines. Accidents can be prevented by know-
ing beforehand the conditions that may create hazards during
operation or maintenance.

WARNING
 Operators and maintenance personnel must always do as
follows before beginning operation or maintenance.

 Be sure to read and understand this manual thoroughly


before operating the machine or performing maintenance.

 Read the safety messages given in this manual and the


safety labels affixed to the machine thoroughly and be sure
that you understand them fully.

 Keep this manual at the storage location for the Operation


and Maintenance Manual given below.

 Have all personnel read the manual periodically. If this man-


ual is lost or has become so dirty as to be illegible, immedi-
ately request a replacement manual from Komatsu or your
Komatsu distributor.

 If you sell the machine, be sure to hand over this manual to


the new owners together with the machine.

 Komatsu delivers machines that comply with all applicable


regulations and standards of the country to which it has
been shipped. If this machine was purchased in another
country, safety devices and specifications may not be com-
pliant with the requirements applicable in the country of use.
If there is any question about whether your product complies
with the applicable standards and regulations of your coun-
try, consult Komatsu or your Komatsu distributor before
operating the machine.

1-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.1 Foreword

The operating manual is to be considered part of the machine


and should be stored in the lid of the hinged panel in the left side
of the operator's cab.

Any safety-relevant modification to the machine by the owner


voids the manufacturer's declaration of conformity.

Our continuous efforts to improve the machine's design may


result in minor changes to the machine.

The introduction of these improvements however does not con-


stitute an obligation on our part to implement the same changes
in machines already delivered and operating. Minor changes
due to improvements are not covered by this manual.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-3


1.1 Foreword Foreword

EU Directives
Machines delivered by Komatsu are compliant with the Machine
Directive 2006/42/EEC and its amendments. If the machine is
used in another country, it is possible that certain safety devices
and specifications may not be compliant with the requirements
applicable in the country of use. For example, warning beacons
may be used in some countries while being prohibited in others.

If there is any question about whether your product complies


with the applicable standards and regulations of your country,
consult your Komatsu distributor before operating the machine.

Notes on subsequent installation of electrical and electronic


equipment and components

Electrical and electronic equipment and/or components installed


after delivery emit electromagnetic radiation which may possibly
influence the function of the electronic components and assem-
blies of the machine. This may affect the safety of the machine
or endanger persons. For this reason, please ensure that the fol-
lowing safety instructions are observed.

If you are installing electrical or electronic equipment and/or


components in the machine and connect them to the vehicle's
electrical system, you are obliged to have the installation verified
for not interfering with vehicle's electronic system or other com-
ponents. In particular, please ensure that any subsequently
installed electrical and electronic components comply with the
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC in their currently valid version and
that they have CE labels.

The following requirements also have to be met for subsequent


installation of mobile communication systems (e.g. radio, tele-
phone):

 Only equipment approved by national legislation (e.g. BZT


approval for Germany) may be installed.

 The unit must be fixed in position.

 Portable or mobile units may only be used inside the vehi-


cles if they are connected to a fixed outside antenna.

 The transmitter unit must be spatially separated from the


vehicle’s electronic system.

 Ensure that the antenna is installed properly with a good


earthing connection between the antenna and the vehicle
earth.

Also observe installation instructions by Komatsu or the manu-


facturer for wiring, installation and maximum permitted power
consumption.

1-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.2 Safety information

1.2 Safety information


In order to ensure the safe operation of the machine, this man-
ual contains safety instructions, and there are safety labels
affixed to the machine. They are intended to inform the operator
of situations that may pose an injury hazard and to point out
ways to avoid such situations.

1.2.1 Signal words


The following signal words are used to inform you that there is a
potentially hazardous situation that may lead to personal injury
or damage.

In this manual, the following signal words are used to express


the potential level of hazard.

DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.

ATTENTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
may result in minor or moderate injury. This word is also used to
indicate unsafe practices that may cause property damage.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-5


1.2 Safety information Foreword

Example of safety message using a signal word.

WARNING
 Engage the work equipment lock lever before leaving the
operator's cab.

 Accidentally touching the control levers when they are not


locked may result in serious injury or death.

Other signal words

In addition to the above, the following signal words are used to


provide useful information or indicate precautions that should be
followed to protect the machine.

NOTICE
This word is used to indicate precautions that must be taken to
avoid actions which could shorten the life of the machine.

REMARK
This word is used for information that is useful to know.

1-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.2 Safety information

1.2.2 Safety labels


Safety labels are affixed to the machine to inform the operating
or maintenance personnel immediately of hazards in the opera-
tion or maintenance of the machine.

For details see “Safety labels (2-2)”.

Safety labels using pictograms

Safety pictograms use a picture to express a hazard level that


corresponds to the signal word. The pictures used are intended
to help the operating and maintenance personnel understand
the level and type of hazard at all times. Safety pictograms show
the type of hazardous condition at the top or on the left side, and
the method of avoiding the hazardous condition at the bottom or
on the right side. In addition, the type of hazardous condition is
displayed inside a triangle, and the method of avoiding the haz-
ardous condition is shown inside a circle.

Komatsu cannot predict every circumstance that might involve a


potential hazard in operation and maintenance. Therefore, the
safety messages in this manual and on the machine may not Part no.
include all possible safety precautions. GK032002

If any procedures or actions not specifically recommended or


allowed in this manual are used, it is your responsibility to take
the necessary steps to ensure safety.

Never perform any type of work or use the machine in any way
that is expressly prohibited in this manual.

The explanations, values, and illustrations in this manual were


prepared based on the latest information available at the time.
Continuous improvements to the machine's design may result in
minor changes to the machine that may not be reflected in this
manual. Consult Komatsu or your Komatsu distributor for the lat-
est information available on your machine or for questions
regarding the information in this manual.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-7


1.3 Introduction Foreword

1.3 Introduction
This loader is an independently powered machine moving on
wheels. Using the equipment (e.g., a bucket or fork) installed to
its front, the loader can be used to load or dig material while
moving forwards.

This Komatsu machine is designed to be used mainly for the fol-


lowing work:

 Digging

 Smoothing

 Pushing

 Loading

1.3.1 Intended use


If you use the machine for any other purpose than those speci-
fied above, we will not accept any responsibility for its safety.
Any considerations regarding safety will then be up to the owner
or the operating and maintenance personnel. In any case, nei-
ther you nor any other person are/is authorised to perform work
and functions explicitly prohibited in these operating instructions.

The transport of persons in the work equipment is strictly forbid-


den!

For details of the operating procedure, see


chapter 3.3.10 “Working with the wheel loader” (3-77).

1-8 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.3 Introduction

1.3.2 Breaking in the machine


Every machine has been thoroughly tested and set up before
shipping. However, a new machine needs to be handled care-
fully during the first 100 hours of service.

If the machine is worked excessively hard during the breaking-in


period, this will cause premature deterioration of performance
and shorten the machine's service life. A new machine needs to
be broken in and serviced carefully.

Particularly observe the following points:

 Let the engine run at idle for 5 minutes after starting.

 Avoid operation with heavy loads or at high engine speeds.

 Avoid sudden starts and stops, hard acceleration and sud-


den steering movements, except in emergencies.

The precautions for operation and maintenance in this manual


as well as the safety information apply only as long as the prod-
uct is used according to the specified intended use. If the
machine is used for any purpose not listed in this manual,
Komatsu cannot accept any responsibility for safety. In such
cases, any safety considerations are the sole responsibility of
the operator.

Never perform any type of work or use the machine in any way
that is expressly prohibited in this manual.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-9


1.4 Key data of the machine Foreword

1.4 Key data of the machine

1.4.1 Product identification number (PIN)/Machine serial no. plate and


its position
Position of the serial no. plate (1)
1
Serial number stamp (2)

The plate is on the right side of the machine's front frame.

The design of the serial no. plate differs depending on the coun-
try.

1-10 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.4 Key data of the machine

1.4.2 Engine serial no. plate


Engine serial no. plate

1.4.3 Axle serial no. plate


Axle serial no. plate (1)

Rear axle: Left 1

Front axle: Right

1.4.4 Transmission serial no. plate


Transmission serial no. plate (1)

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-11


1.4 Key data of the machine Foreword

1.4.5 ROPS/FOPS cab serial no. plate


ROPS/FOPS cab serial no. plate

In the cab beneath the operator's seat.

1.4.6 Operator's seat serial no. plate


Operator's seat serial no. plate

Under the bellows at the front of the seat, or on the rear lower
frame (arrow mark).

GJ2K4590

1.4.7 Fluorinated greenhouse gases


Product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases.
Product contains
fluorinated
greenhouse gases

1.2 kg
HFC-134a
CO2 eq. 1.72 t
GWP 1430
09971-10121

1-12 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.4 Key data of the machine

1.4.8 Serial number and distributor

Machine serial number

Engine serial number

Product identification number (PIN)

Komatsu Germany GmbH


Manufacturer name
Address Hanomag Straße 9

30449 Hanover

Germany

Dealer name
Address

Service personnel
Phone/fax

1.4.9 Retrofitting by third-party suppliers


In the case of wheel loaders with equipment and tools that were
not part of a complete delivery straight from the factory, the
responsibility for compliance with applicable laws and guide-
lines, in particular the European Machine Directive, lies with the
customer that commissions the retrofit of the machine.

In the case of tools (e.g., load buckets) retrofitted by a third-party


supplier, the technical specifications of the manufacturer must
be observed. To this end, or for further information, please con-
tact Komatsu or your local Komatsu distributor.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-13


1.4 Key data of the machine Foreword

1.4.10 Declaration of Conformity


The manufacturer:

Komatsu Germany GmbH

Hanomag Straße 9

30449 Hanover

Germany

declares that this machine:

WA70-7*

is in conformity with the applicable provisions of the following EU


Directives:

Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC


2004/108/EC until 19 April 2016
Electro Magnetic Compatibility Directive
2014/30/EU after 20 April 2016
Outdoor Noise Directive 2000/14/EC amended 2005/88/EC
Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal
1999/5/EC until 12 June 2016
Equipment Directive
Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU after 13 June 2016

*:explanation of machine category


Machine category Stand for:
WA Wheel loader

1-14 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.5 Table of contents

1.5 Table of contents

1. Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
EU Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.2 Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5


1.2.1 Signal words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.2.2 Safety labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.3 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8


1.3.1 Intended use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

1.4 Key data of the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10


1.4.1 Product identification number (PIN)/Machine serial no. plate and its position . . . . . . . 1-10
1.4.2 Engine serial no. plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1.4.3 Axle serial no. plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1.4.4 Transmission serial no. plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1.4.5 ROPS/FOPS cab serial no. plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.4.6 Operator's seat serial no. plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.4.7 Fluorinated greenhouse gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.4.8 Serial number and distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1.4.9 Retrofitting by third-party suppliers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1.4.10 Declaration of Conformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

1.5 Table of contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1.6 Dimensions, weights, and operating data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

1.7 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24


1.7.1 Equipment – part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1.7.2 Equipment – part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

2. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 Safety labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Position of the safety labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.2 General precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

2.3 Precautions during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21


2.3.1 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
2.3.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.3.3 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
2.3.4 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

2.4 Precautions for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

2.5 Precautions when handling tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

3. Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 General view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-15


1.5 Table of contents Foreword

3.1.1 General view of the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2


3.1.2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.1.3 Machine monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
General view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.1.4 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
General view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10


3.2.1 Machine monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Caution lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Pilot lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3.2.2 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.2.3 Control levers and pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3.2.4 Steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3.2.5 Tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3.2.6 Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3.2.7 Door unlocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3.2.8 Back-up alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3.2.9 Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3.2.10 Slow-blow fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3.2.11 Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
3.2.12 Setting the heating and ventilation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
3.2.13 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

3.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46


3.3.1 Checks before starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Checks before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Adjustments before starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
3.3.2 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Ambient temperature for operation and storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Checks after starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
3.3.3 Driving the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Limiting the maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
3.3.4 Changing direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
3.3.5 Turning and steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3.3.6 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Engaging the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Disengaging the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Braking with the service brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
If the service brake fails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Braking on slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
3.3.7 Stopping and parking the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
3.3.8 Operating the work equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
Multi-function lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
3.3.9 Return to dig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3.3.10 Working with the wheel loader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77

1-16 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.5 Table of contents

Saving the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77


Engaging the 100 % differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
Digging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
Excavating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
Levelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82
Carrying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
Working with the forklift attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
3.3.11 Operating precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Permissible water depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Working on snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Dumping on steep slopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Working near high-voltage cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Working on road shoulders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Working on loose ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
If the service brake fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Precautions for driving uphill or downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
Precautions when driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3.3.12 Adjusting the work equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Selecting the work equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Attaching the work equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Removing the work equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
Removing the multi-purpose bucket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
Bucket level indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
3.3.13 Switching off the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
3.3.14 Checks after switching off the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
3.3.15 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3.3.16 Handling tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Precautions when handling tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Standard tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97

3.4 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98


3.4.1 Transporting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
Ensure steady positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
3.4.2 Loading the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
Loading the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Securing the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
Unloading the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
3.4.3 Lifting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103

3.5 Operation in cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105


3.5.1 Precautions for operation in cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105
3.5.2 Precautions after work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
3.5.3 After the cold weather period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106

3.6 Long-term storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107


3.6.1 Before storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
3.6.2 During storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
3.6.3 After storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-17


1.5 Table of contents Foreword

3.7 Machines equipped with KOMTRAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109


3.7.1 Basic precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109

4. Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.2 Starting the engine with booster cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4.3 In case of insufficient brake power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9


4.3.1 Checking the service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.3.2 Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

4.4 Emergency steering properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

4.5 Emergency lowering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

4.6 Other troubles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12


4.6.1 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
4.6.2 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4.6.3 Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.6.4 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4.6.5 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4.6.6 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4.6.7 Operator's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

5. Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 Maintenance guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.1.1 Tipping up the operator's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.1.2 Tipping down the operator's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10


5.2.1 Fuel, coolant and lubricant specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Grease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Storing oil and fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Biodegradable hydraulic oil and lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5.2.2 Outlines of the electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

5.3 Wear parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17


5.3.1 Wear parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

5.4 Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18


5.4.1 Lubrication table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.4.2 Recommended brands, recommended quality for products other than Komatsu genuine oil . . . 5-21

5.5 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22


5.5.1 List of required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

5.6 Periodic replacement of safety-critical parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

1-18 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.5 Table of contents

5.7 Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

5.8 Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26


5.8.1 Checks before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
5.8.2 When required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Additional water separator (Fuel prefilter) – change filter insert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Checking the air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Checking the window washer fluid level – adding fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Battery – charging the built-in battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Cleaning the air grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Cleaning the radiator fins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Air cleaner – check, clean the filter insert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Changing the filter insert of the air cleaner, changing the safety filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
5.8.3 Maintenance after the first 50 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Hydraulic system – change filter insert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Wheel nuts – check and retighten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Lubrication – rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.8.4 Maintenance after the first 250 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Valve clearance – check and adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5.8.5 Maintenance after the first 500 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Front and rear axle – change oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Transfer case – change oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5.8.6 Maintenance every 10 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Lubrication – articulated steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
5.8.7 Maintenance every 50 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Battery – check fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Lubrication – work equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Check central lubrication system, add grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
5.8.8 Maintenance every 250 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Service brake – check the brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Alternator v-belt – check and adjust tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Lubrication – steering cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Lubrication – rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Wheel nuts – check and retighten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
5.8.9 Maintenance every 500 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Manual pump – check oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Service brake – check brake pads and brake disc, check oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Engine – change engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Changing the oil filter cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Fuel filter – change filter cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Bleeding the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Heating/air conditioner – clean/renew filter cloth, clean condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Checking the gas pressure in the pressure accumulator for the multi-function lever. . 5-57
E.C.S.S. pressure accumulator – check gas pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Front and rear axle – check oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Transfer case – check oil level, add oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
5.8.10 Maintenance every 1000 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Alternator v-belt – check and adjust tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Service brake – check, change brake fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
System pressures – check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-19


1.5 Table of contents Foreword

Hydraulic system – change venting filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62


Hydraulic system – change filter insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
5.8.11 Maintenance every 1500 service hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Front and rear axle – change oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Transfer case – change oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
5.8.12 Maintenance every 2000 service hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Cooling system – change coolant and clean cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Valve clearance – check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
Hydraulic system – change hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Check fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Fuel and coolant hoses – check, replace if required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Checking the water pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73

6. Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1


6.1 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.1.1 WA70-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6.2 Noise emission levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6.3 Vibration levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

6.4 Limit values for slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

7. Special equipment, attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1


7.1 E.C.S.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.1.1 Design and functional principle of the E.C.S.S.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.1.2 Precautions when switching on the E.C.S.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.1.3 Operating the E.C.S.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Switching on the E.C.S.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Switching off the E.C.S.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.1.4 Precautions when handling the pressure accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

7.2 Bucket position indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

7.3 Central lubrication system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5


7.3.1 Changing the lubrication intervals and duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.3.2 Operating the central lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.3.3 Display and operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
LED display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Three-digit LED display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

8. Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.1 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

9. Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

1-20 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.5 Table of contents

Blank for technical reason

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-21


1.6 Dimensions, weights, and operating data Foreword

1.6 Dimensions, weights, and operating data

a
d

c
f H
b

E
D F
e B
C A
G0070228A

k
l
h
m
n

g
G0070229A

1-22 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.6 Dimensions, weights, and operating data

Dimensions, operating data with bucket WA70-7


Tyres 12.5-18
Bucket 42U-70-22020
Bucket capacity according to ISO 7546 m³ 0.85
Material density t/m³ 1.8
Bucket weight without teeth kg 295
Stat. tipping load, straight kg 4200
Stat. tipping load at 40° angle kg 3650
Breakout force, hydraulic kN 4060
Lifting force, hydraulic, on the ground kN 4110
5060
Operating weight (w/o counterweight) kg
(max. 5675)
Turning radius, outer edge of tyre mm 3680
Turning radius, bucket corner mm 4175
a Reach at 45° mm 1010
b Dumping height at 45° mm 2335
c Height, bucket pivot point mm 3140
d Height, top edge of bucket mm 4070
e Digging depth mm 100
f Max. loading height at 45° mm 2875
A Overall length, bucket on the ground mm
B Wheelbase mm 2050
C Bucket width mm 1800
D Width over tyres mm 1625
Track width, front mm 1306
E
Track width, back mm 1306
Ground clearance (axle / transfer case) mm 305
F
Ground clearance (cardan shaft) mm 430
H Overall height mm 2455
Dimensions, operating data with fork
Fork length mm 1200
g Max. reach on the ground mm 760
h Max. reach mm 1305
j Max. reach at max. stacking height mm 650
k Max. height, fork carriage mm 3595
l Height, fork pivot mm 3140
m Max. stacking height mm 3005
n Tine height at max. reach mm 1460
Max. tipping load, fully extended kg 3080
Max. tipping load, at angle kg 2650
Max. tipping load, fully extended acc. to EN 474-3, 80% kg 2120
Max. tipping load, fully extended acc. to EN 474-3, 60% kg 1590
Operating weight with tines kg 4960

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-23


1.7 Equipment Foreword

1.7 Equipment

1.7.1 Equipment – part 1

Equipment

1 2 3 4 5

Hydraulic Weight
Type Part no. Volume, m³
pressure, bar kg

42T-70-32230 0.75 590

42U-70-32210 0.8 615

42U-70-22010 0.85 273

42U-70-22020 0.85 294


Bucket WA70-7
42U-70-22140 1.0 300

42U-70-22420 1.05 334

42U-70-22120 1.25 336

42U-70-22410 1.3 370

1-24 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Foreword 1.7 Equipment

1.7.2 Equipment – part 2

Equipment

1 2 3 4 5

Payload, fork Payload, fork


carriage carriage Weight
Type Part no.
STD with CTW kg
kg/pair kg/pair

42T-70-22051 2120 215

42U-70-22180 2120 221.5


Fork carriage WA70-7
42T-70-32300
2120 445
Collapsible

STD Standard machine version


CTW Machine with counterweight

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 1-25


1.7 Equipment Foreword

1-26 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety

2. Safety

WARNING
Please read and make sure that you fully understand the precautions described
in this manual and the safety labels on the machine. When operating or servicing
the machine, always follow these precautions strictly.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-1


2.1 Safety labels Safety

2.1 Safety labels


The following warning signs and safety labels are used for this
machine.

 Ensure that the labels are applied correctly and that you
understand the content fully.

 In order to ensure that the content of the labels can be read


properly, ensure that they are in the right location, and keep
them clean at all times. When you clean them, do not use
organic solvents or petrol, as this could lead to the label dis-
solving.

 If the labels are damaged, lost or cannot be read properly,


replace them with new ones. For details of the part numbers
for the labels, see this manual or the labels themselves, and
submit an order with your Komatsu distributor.

 There are also other labels, in addition to the warning signs


and safety labels. Treat these labels in the same way.

Position of the safety labels

1, 2, 3 4 5 6 7,8

18

17

9 15,16 13,14 12,13 19 10,11 9

2-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.1 Safety labels

1. Caution before operating (09651-A0481)

Warning!

Read this manual before carrying out commissioning, main-


tenance, disassembly, setup and transport.

2. Caution when leaving the operator's seat (09654-C0481)

This symbol highlights the danger of unexpected movement


of the stopped machine.

Lower the work equipment to the ground, activate the lock-


ing switch for the work equipment and take the starting
switch key with you before leaving the machine.

3. Precaution before starting work (42T-93-21A50) or (09654-


C0481)

42T-93-21A50

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-3


2.1 Safety labels Safety

4. Precaution

Work equipment lock

P/N: 42U-93-11A40

(42U-93-11A40)

5. Caution: do not walk beneath the work equipment (09807-


C1201)

This symbol highlights the risk of crushing if the work equip-


ment falls.

Stay away from the raised work equipment.

6. Caution: explosion (09659-A057B) or (09659-A0641)

There is a risk of explosion that could cause injury.

Do not dismantle the pressure accumulator, make any holes


in it, carry out any welding, make cuts, roll it or put in near a
flame.

2-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.1 Safety labels

7. Caution: when engine is running (09667-A0800)

This symbol highlights the risk posed by rotating parts such


as a belt drive.

Switch the engine off before carrying out inspection or main-


tenance work.

8. Caution: risk of burning from coolant (09653-A0481)

This sign warns of the risk of burning posed by spraying hot


water or oil if the radiator cap or the hydraulic tank lid on the
hot radiator or hydraulic tank is removed.

Always allow the radiator or hydraulic tank to cool down


before opening.

9. Stay clear (09806-C1201)

This symbol highlights the risk of being run over by the


machine.

Keep a safe distance from the vehicle while it is moving.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-5


2.1 Safety labels Safety

10. Only use Komatsu oil (421-93-H1390)

421-93-H1390

11. Lifting the machine (421-93-H1830)

1:1

42T-93-21B30

12. Lifting position mark/transport lock (42T-93-21A20)

13. Warning to stay away from moving parts (09162-C0881)

This sign warns of the risk of being crushed between the


moving parts of the vehicle.

Stay away from the vehicle while it is moving.

2-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.1 Safety labels

14. (Safety notice for steering lock (09161-C0881)

This sign warns of the risk of being crushed between the


moving parts of the vehicle.

Secure the machine with the steering lock to prevent it from


moving during maintenance and transport.

15. Caution when handling the battery cable (09808-A1681

This symbol highlights the risk of electrocution while han-


dling power cables.

Read the manual to ensure safe and correct handling.

16. Prohibition of short circuit starts (09842-A0481)

Do not start the engine before sitting in the operator's seat.

Do not try to start the engine by short circuiting the engine


starter circuit. Doing so can lead to serious injury or fire.

17. Caution when handling the battery (09664-62A11)

This symbol highlights a risk posed by the battery.

Read the manual to ensure safe and correct handling.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-7


2.1 Safety labels Safety

18. Battery main switch

19. Caution when modifying the roll-over protection system


(09620-A2001, 09620–A3001)

Modifications to roll-over or falling object protection systems


(ROPS or FOPS) can hinder the protective effect and may
not be compliant with standards. Seek advice from your
Komatsu distributor before carrying out any changes.
The protective effect of the ROPS and FOPS reduces follow-
ing damage to the structure or rolling over something.
In such a case, seek advice from your Komatsu distributor.
Always buckle up while moving.

2-8 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.2 General precautions

2.2 General precautions


Safety rules

 Only trained and authorised personnel may operate and


maintain the machine.

 Follow all safety rules, precautions and instructions when


operating or performing maintenance on the machine.

 If you are under the influence of alcohol or medication, your


ability to safely operate or repair your machine may be
severely impaired, endangering yourself and everyone else
on your jobsite.

 When working with another operator or with a person on


worksite traffic duty, be sure that all personnel understand all
hand signals that are to be used.

Getting to know the machine

Please read this manual carefully before operating the machine.


If you do not understand any part of the content of this manual,
let the person in charge explain the matter to you.

If abnormalities are found

If you detect any abnormality in the machine during operation or


maintenance (noise, vibration, smell, incorrect gauges, smoke,
oil leakage, etc., or any abnormal display on the warning devices
or monitor), report to the person in charge and have the neces-
sary action taken. Do not operate the machine until the abnor-
mality has been corrected.

Clothing and personal safety equipment

 Do not wear loose clothing or accessories. There is a hazard


that they may catch on control levers or other protruding
parts.

 If you have long hair and it hangs out from your hard hat,
there is a hazard that it may get caught up in the machine.
Tie your hair up.

 Always wear a hard hat and safety shoes. If the nature of the
work requires it, wear safety goggles, mask, gloves, hearing
protection, or a safety belt when operating or maintaining the
machine.

 Check that all safety equipment functions properly before


using it.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-9


2.2 General precautions Safety

Fire extinguisher and first aid kit

 The fire extinguisher can be fastened to the inside cabin


wall, see picture.

 A functional fire extinguisher has to be available and within


reach.

 If, in the course of certain operations, there is danger of fire,


fire extinguishers must be made available as a precaution.
Familiarise yourself with the use of the fire extinguishers. Fastening points
for fire extinguisher
 Inform yourself on how to proceed in the event of a fire.

 The first-aid kit can be stored under the right armrest.

 Make sure that you know all telephone numbers of the per-
sons that you need to contact in case of an emergency.

Safety features

 Be sure that all guards and covers are in their proper posi-
tion. Ensure that guards and covers are repaired immedi-
ately if they are damaged.

 Understand the method of use of safety features and use


them properly.

 Never remove any safety features. Always keep them in


good operating condition.

Keeping the machine clean

 If water enters the electrical system, there is a hazard that it


will cause unexpected and erratic machine behaviour during
operation. Do not use water or steam to wash the electrical
system (sensors, connectors).

 If inspection and maintenance is carried out when the


machine is still dirty with mud or oil, there is a hazard that
you will slip and fall, or that dirt or mud will get into your
eyes. Always keep the machine clean.

GK032034

2-10 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.2 General precautions

In the operator's cab

 When entering the operator's cab, always remove all mud


and oil from your shoes.

Operating pedals with mud or oil on one's shoes carries the


risk of slipping from the pedal, which may cause serious
accidents.

 Do not leave parts or tools lying around the operator's cab.

 Do not stick suction pads to the window glass. Suction pads


act as a lens and may cause fires.

 Do not use cellular telephones inside the operator's cab


when driving or operating the machine.

 Never bring any dangerous objects such as flammable or


explosive items into the operator's cab.

Before leaving the machine

1. Lower the work equipment to the ground.

2. Switch off the engine.

3. Push the multi-function lever forward to position 'S'.


The remaining hydraulic pressure is released by doing this.

4. Engage the work equipment lock lever.

5. Apply the parking brake.

6. Remove the starting key before leaving the operator's cab.


Store the starting key in a safe place.

7. Close the cab door.

Mounting and dismounting

 Never jump on or off the machine. Never get on or off a mov-


ing machine.

 If the machine starts to move when there is no operator on


the machine, do not jump on to the machine and try to stop
it.

 Always use handles and steps when getting on or off the


machine. Do not hold on to control levers.

 To ensure a safe hold, always ensure that either one hand is


on a handle and both feet are on the steps or that one foot is
on the steps and both hands are on the handles.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-11


2.2 General precautions Safety

Protection against injuries

 If the clearance at the articulating portion changes, it can


lead to serious personal injury.

Do not allow anyone to come inside the articulation range.

 Never enter or put your hand, arm, or any part of your body
in the movable portion between the work equipment and
machine or between the cylinder and the work equipment. If
someone operates the control levers by mistake, the gap
between the work equipment and machine and between the
cylinder and work equipment will change, and you, your
hand, or arm can be caught which can lead to serious inju-
ries.

If you have enter to an area between moving parts of the


machine, always ensure that the work equipment is locked
and cannot move.

Prevention of burns

 Hot coolant

To prevent burns from hot water or steam spurting out when


checking or draining the coolant, wait for the water to cool to
a temperature where it is possible to touch the radiator cap
by hand before starting the operation. Even when the cool-
ant has cooled down, loosen the cap slowly to relieve the
pressure inside the radiator before removing the cap.

GK032042

 Hot oil

To prevent burns when checking or draining the oil, wait for


the oil to cool to a temperature where it is possible to touch
the plug by hand before starting the operation. Even when
the oil has cooled down, loosen the plug slowly to relieve the
internal pressure before removing the plug entirely.

 Hot parts GK032043

In order to avoid burns during inspection and maintenance,


wait until all parts that can get hot have cooled down.

2-12 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.2 General precautions

Fire prevention

 Fire caused by fuel or oil

Fuel, oil, antifreeze, and window washer liquid are particu-


larly flammable and can be hazardous. To prevent fire,
always observe the following:

 Do not smoke or use any flame near fuel or oil.

 Switch off the engine before refuelling.

 Do not leave the machine while adding fuel or oil. GK032044

 Tighten all fuel and oil caps securely.

 Do not spill fuel on overheated surfaces or on parts of


the electrical system.

 Use well-ventilated areas for adding or storing oil and


fuel.

 Store oil and fuel in a designated location and prevent


access by unauthorised persons.
GK032045
 After adding fuel or oil, wipe up any spilled fuel or oil.

 When carrying out grinding or welding work on the chas-


sis, move any flammable materials to a safe place
before starting.

 When washing parts with oil, use a non-flammable oil.


Diesel oil and gasoline are flammable. Do not use them.

 Put greasy rags and other flammable materials into a


safe container to maintain safety at the work place.

 Do not weld or use a cutting torch to cut any pipes or


tubes that contain flammable liquids.

 Fire caused by accumulation of combustible material

Remove any dry leaves, wood chips, pieces of paper, dust,


or any other flammable materials accumulated or stuck in
the area of the engine, the exhaust manifold, the muffler, the
battery, or at the underbody.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-13


2.2 General precautions Safety

 Cable fires

Short circuits in the electrical system can cause fire.

 Always keep the electric wiring connections clean and


securely fastened.

 Check the wiring every day for looseness or damage.


Tighten any loose connectors or wiring clamps. Repair or
replace any damaged wiring.

 Fire in the hydraulic system

Check that all the hose and tube clamps, guards, and pads
are securely fixed in position.

If they are loose, they may vibrate during operation and rub
against other parts. This may lead to damage to the hoses,
and cause high-pressure oil to spurt out, leading to fire dam-
age or serious injury.

 Explosion caused by lighting equipment

When checking fuel, oil, battery electrolyte, window washer


fluid, or coolant, always use lighting with anti-explosion
specifications. If other lighting equipment is used, there is a
danger of explosions that may cause serious injuries.

When taking the electrical power for the lighting from the
machine itself, follow the instructions in this manual.

Procedure in case of fire

In case of fire, escape from the machine as follows.

 Turn the starting switch to the 'A' (OFF) position to stop the
engine. A B

 Use the handrails and steps to get off the machine.


C
Window washer liquid

 Use an ethanol-based window washer fluid.

 Do not use methanol-based liquid because it may cause irri- G0070421A


tation of the eyes.

2-14 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.2 General precautions

ROPS (roll-over protection system)

 The roll-over protection system (ROPS) protects the opera-


tor and absorbs load and impact energy if the machine
should roll over.

 The ROPS is integrated into the cab. The machine may not
be operated without this roll-over protection system.

 The ROPS meets the regulations of all EU member states.


Damage or unauthorised modification or repair of the ROPS
affect its stability. In this case, the ROPS must be replaced,
since its correct function can no longer be guaranteed.

 The ROPS can only provide maximum protection if the oper-


ator wears the seat belt correctly. Always wear the seat belt
when operating the machine.

FOPS
(Attachment for protection against falling objects)

 The FOPS is integrated into the cab.

 If working on sites where there is a risk of falling boulders or


other objects, work only with machines equipped with a
FOPS. Damage or unauthorised modification or repair of the
FOPS affect its stability. In this case the system must be
replaced because its proper function cannot be guaranteed
any more.

Precautions for attachments, options

 Installing optional parts or attachments may lead to prob-


lems with safety or legal restrictions. Please consult your
Komatsu distributor for advice.

 Komatsu does not accept any liability for injuries, accidents


or damages resulting from the use of non-approved attach-
ments.

 When installing and using optional attachments, read the


instruction manual for the attachment and the general infor-
mation on attachments in this manual.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-15


2.2 General precautions Safety

Unauthorised modification

 If this machine is modified without permission from Komatsu,


there is danger that safety problems may occur, which can
lead to serious personal injuries. Modifications may have an
adverse effect on charactersistics such as machine perfor-
mance or visibility.

 Before making a modification, consult your Komatsu distrib-


utor.

 Komatsu does not accept any liability for injuries, accidents


or damages resulting from non-approved modification.

Worksite safety

 Before starting operations, thoroughly check the work area


for dangerous working conditions.

 Inspect the surface of the soil in the working area and deter-
mine the optimum and safest procedure.

 When carrying out operations near combustible materials


such as thatched roofs, dry leaves or dry grass, there is a
hazard of fire. Take this into consideration when operating
the machine.

 Determine the required safety measures against dangers on


public roads in co-operation with the owners, users, and
responsible authorities.

 If there are underground water pipes, gas pipes, or conduits


for high voltage cables on site, contact the responsible utility
company to determine the routing of the lines. Ensure that
these facilities are not damaged.

 When working in water or crossing sand banks, first check


the bottom surface, as well as the depth and current of the
water. Ensure that the permitted water depth is not
exceeded.

 Secure the jobsite to prevent unauthorised access.

2-16 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.2 General precautions

Working on loose ground

 Avoid travelling or operating the machine too close to the


edge of cliffs, overhangs and deep ditches. The ground may
be weak in such areas. If the ground collapses under the
weight or vibration of the machine, there is a hazard that the
machine may fall or tip over. Remember that the soil is weak
in these areas after heavy rain, blasting, or earthquakes.

 When working on slopes or near excavated ditches, there is


a hazard that the weight or vibration of the machine will
cause the soil to collapse. Before starting operations, take
necessary steps to ensure that the ground is safe to prevent
the machine from rolling over or falling.

Working near high-voltage cables

Do not travel or operate the machine near electric cables. There


is a hazard of electric shock, which may cause serious injury or
property damage. On jobsites that require the machine to work
close to electric cables, always proceed as follows.

 Before starting work near electric cables, inform the local


power company about the work to be performed, and ask
them to take the necessary action.

 Even approaching high-voltage cables may cause an elec-


tric shock that possibly results in severe burns or even Safety
death. Always maintain the safety distance (see the table on Nominal voltage
distance
the right) between the machine and the electric cable. Con-
sult with the local power company about safe operating pro- up to 1000 V 1m
cedures before starting operations. over 1 kV up to 110 kV 3m

 To prepare for any possible emergencies, wear rubber over 110 kV up to 220 kV 4m
shoes and gloves. Place a rubber sheet on top of the seat
over 220 kV up to 380 kV 5m
and be careful not to touch the chassis with any exposed
part of your body. in case of unknown nominal voltage 5m

 Use a signalman to give warning if the machine approaches


too close to the electric cables.

 When carrying out operations near high voltage cables, do


not let anyone come close to the machine.

 To prevent electric shock, the operator must not leave the


operator's cab when the machine comes too close to or even
touches an electric cable, until the electricity has been
turned off.

Also, do not let any person approach the machine.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-17


2.2 General precautions Safety

Ensuring good visibility

If it is impossible to determine the condition of the working area


and detect obstacles due to low visibility, there is a hazard of
damage to the machine as well as severe injury. Before starting
to drive, sound the horn to warn people in the area. When oper-
ating or travelling in places with poor visibility, always observe
the following items strictly:

 Clean the windows and headlights to ensure optimum visibil-


ity.

 Adjust the mirrors so that the rear of the machine can be


seen clearly from the operator's seat. Keep the mirrors
clean.

 Ensure that the entire lighting system is in perfect working


order and adjusted as specified in the applicable regulations.

 If the visibility cannot be sufficiently assured, position a sig-


nalman if necessary. Operators should pay careful attention
to the signs and follow the instructions from the signalman.

 Only one signalman should give signals.

 When working in dark places, turn on the machine's work


lights, and set up additional lighting in the work area if nec-
essary.

 Stop operations if the visibility is poor, such as in mist, snow,


rain, or dust.

 Immediately replace broken windows.

Precautions related to exhaust gas

 Engine exhaust gas includes substances that may harm


your health or even cause death. Ensure good ventilation
when starting the engine or operating the machine.

 If it is necessary to start the engine or run the machine inside


a building or underground, where the ventilation is poor, take
steps to remove the exhaust gas and bring in ample fresh
air.

2-18 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.2 General precautions

Gas, dust and flammable vapours

Do not operate combustion engines in environments that may


contain flammable gases or vapours. These gases, dusts or
vapours could ignite or be drawn in by the intake system, which
could cause the engine speed to increase or the maximum
engine speed to be exceeded. This may cause fire, explosion, or
serious property damage. It might also become impossible to
switch off the engine.

Signals and signs from the signalman

 Set up signs to warn of slopes and soft ground. If the visibil-


ity is not good, position a signalman if necessary. Operators
should pay careful attention to the signs and follow the
instructions from the signalman.

 Only one signalman should give signals.

 Make sure that all workers understand the meaning of all


signals and signs before starting work.

Emergency exit

The door on the right side of the operator's cab can be used as
an emergency exit in case of danger.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-19


2.2 General precautions Safety

Protection against asbestos dust

Asbestos dust in the air can cause lung cancer if it is inhaled.


There is a hazard of inhaling asbestos dust when working on
demolition sites or when handling industrial wastes.

Always observe the following points:

 Spray water to minimise dust build-up when cleaning. Never


use compressed air for cleaning.

 In case of danger from asbestos dust in the air, always oper-


ate the machine from a downwind position. All workers must
use an approved respirator.

 Do not allow other persons to approach during the operation.

 Always observe the rules and regulations for the work site
and environmental standards.

 The machine does not contain any asbestos. There is how-


ever a danger that imitation parts may contain asbestos.
Therefore, always use Komatsu genuine parts.

2-20 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.3 Precautions during operation

2.3 Precautions during operation

2.3.1 Starting the engine


If there is a warning tag hanging from the work equipment con-
trol lever, do not start the engine or touch the levers.

Checks before starting the engine

Carry out the following checks before starting the engine at the
beginning of the day's work.

 Remove all dirt from the surface of the window glass to


ensure a good view.

 Before getting on the machine, check again that there is no


one in the surrounding area and that there are no obstacles
blocking the machine.

 When starting the engine, sound the horn as a warning.

 Always sit in the operator's seat when starting or operating


the machine.

 The operator must be the only person in the cab or on the


machine.

 If the machine is equipped with a back-up warning signal,


ensure that the signal is fully functional.

 Check if the articulated steering is unlocked before operating


the machine (right side: 1).

 Only operate the machine with the seat belt fastened.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-21


2.3 Precautions during operation Safety

Precautions in cold areas

 Allow the machine to warm up for a maximum of 20 minutes.


If the machine is not thoroughly warmed up before the con-
trol levers are operated, the reaction of the machine will be
slow, which can lead to unexpected accidents.

 If the battery electrolyte is frozen, do not charge the battery


or start the engine with a different power source. There is a
hazard of the battery ingniting or exploding.

Before charging or starting the engine, allow the battery fluid


to thaw slowly and ensure that no electrolyte escapes.

2-22 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.3 Precautions during operation

2.3.2 Operation

Checks before operation

 Wear seat belt.

 Check the driving controls, the steering, the brake system,


and the work equipment control system.

 Check for any abnormality in the sound of the machine,


vibration, heat, smell, and check the gauges. Check that
there is no leakage of oil or fuel.

 If any abnormality is found, carry out repairs immediately.

Precautions when travelling in forward or reverse

 Before travelling, check again that there is no one in the sur-


rounding area, and that there are no obstacles blocking the
machine.

 Before travelling, sound the horn to warn people in the area.

 Always sit in the operator's seat when operating the


machine.

 Do not allow anyone apart from the operator to ride on the


machine.

 Check that the back-up alarm (alarm buzzer when machine


travels in reverse) works properly.

 Always lock the door and windows of the operator's cab in


position (open or closed).

 When travelling or carrying out operations, always keep a


safe distance from people, structures, or other machines to
avoid coming into contact with them.

 Set the bucket to the carrying position for travelling. Observe


the carrying position indicator.

 Drive slowly on uneven surfaces and avoid sudden steering.

 If the engine fails while you are driving, you can still steer the
machine. More force is however necessary for this.

 In case of engine failure, immediately drive to the side of the


road, switch on the warning lights and secure the machine.

 Always obey the traffic regulations when travelling on public


roads.

 Do not exceed the maximum permitted load or performance


of the machine.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-23


2.3 Precautions during operation Safety

 When operating in tunnels, under bridges, under electric


wires, or in other places of limited height, be extremely care-
ful to prevent the work equipment from hitting objects.

 To avoid accidents and collisions with other objects, the


machine must always be operated at a speed where safety
is guaranteed. This is particularly important for work in con-
fined spaces, indoors, and on sites with other machines.

Driving on slopes

 Keep sufficient distance to ridges or steep slopes. The


machine may tip over or slip when operated too close to
steep slopes, ridges or embankments. The limit values are
listed in chapter 6.4 “Limit values for slopes” (6-6).

 To keep the centre of gravity low, keep the bucket close to


the ground (approx. 20–30 cm) when driving near slopes,
ridges or embankments. In case of an emergency, quickly
lower the bucket to the ground to stabilise the machine.

 Do not turn or traverse on slopes. Only execute these


manoeuvres on level ground.

 If it is necessary to drive on slopes, avoid driving on grass,


fallen leaves, or steel plates. The machine may slip on these
surfaces when traversing across the slope. Drive very slowly
and carefully.

 When driving downslope, use the braking power of the


engine and drive slowly.

 If the engine fails when driving on a slope, immediately oper-


ate the service brake to stop the machine. Then apply the
parking brake. Lower the working equipment.

 When driving on a slope with a load, drive

 uphill: forwards

 downhill: backwards

2-24 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.3 Precautions during operation

Impermissible work

 It is dangerous to use the bucket or lift arm for crane work.


Therefore, do not carry out work of this kind.

 No people on the attachments

 Never allow people to travel on the work equipment or


other attachments. There is a risk that they will fall and
be seriously injured.

 Never use the machine to lift people.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-25


2.3 Precautions during operation Safety

Emergency lowering

When the engine is not running, the work equipment can still be
lowered with the multi-function lever.

If the hose break safety device is installed, the machine is


equipped with a pressure accumulator, so that the work unit can
be lowered by means of the multi-function lever when the diesel
engine is off.

NOTICE
The work equipment cannot be lowered if it is locked with the
work equipment lock lever.

1. Make sure that no one is standing under the machine.


G0070233_2
2. Slowly press the multi-function lever into the 'S' position. The
work equipment is lowered.

3. Engage the work equipment lock lever.

2-26 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.3 Precautions during operation

While loading

 When heaping up dikes, making landfills or when dumping


soil over a steep edge, proceed as follows:

1. First dump a load in front of the edge.

2. Push the first load over the edge with a second load.

 When the soil is pushed over a steep edge, or when the


machine reaches the tip of the slope, the load will decrease
suddenly. In this case, the machine's ground speed may
increase suddenly. Therefore, drive especially slow and
careful in such places.

 Perform loading work with the rear of the machine turned


into the wind if possible to protect yourself against dust and
prevent visual obstructions.

 Avoid sudden starts, turns or stops if the bucket is fully


loaded.

Braking

 Only use the brake pedal for braking and not as a footrest.

 Use the braking force of the engine when driving downhill.


Use the brake pedal in addition when necessary.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-27


2.3 Precautions during operation Safety

Working on snow

 Snow-covered or frozen ground is slippery. Drive and work


very carefully and do not operate the levers abruptly. Even
a slight slope may cause the machine to slip.

 For this reason, be particularly careful when driving on


slopes. Frozen ground may become soft when thawing, and
this may cause the machine to tip over.

 If the machine enters deep snow, there is a hazard that it


may tip over or become buried in the snow. Be careful not to
leave the road or become trapped in a snow drift.

 When clearing snow, the road shoulder and objects placed


beside the road are buried in the snow and cannot be seen.
There is a hazard of the machine tipping over or hitting cov-
ered objects, so work carefully.

 When travelling on snow-covered roads, always fit tyre


chains.

 When driving on snow-covered slopes, never apply the foot


brake suddenly. Reduce the speed and use the engine as a
brake while applying the foot brake intermittently (depress
the brake intermittently several times). If necessary, lower
the bucket to the ground to stop the machine.

Working on loose ground

 Avoid driving or operating the machine too close to the


edges of cliffs, overhangs, or deep ditches.

 If the ground sags in such places, the machine may tip over,
fall down, or roll over, causing severe injuries.

 Take into account that the soil is wet and soft after heavy
rainfall, or very loose after blasting.

2-28 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.3 Precautions during operation

Working with the forklift attachment

 Check the tines of the fork for visible damages every day
before starting the machine (e.g., bends, cracks, heavy
wear).

The locking mechanism that prevents the tines from being


pulled out or sliding must be free of defects. Never work with
a damaged forklift attachment.

 Verify that the forklift attachment is properly locked after


mounting it to the quick coupler.

 Verify that the gap between the tines is sufficiently large.

 Never exceed the specified maximum load of the forklift


attachment. It depends on the ground conditions and the lift-
ing height. The values specified in chapter 1.7 “Equipment” 19.685 in
(1-24) apply to the most unfavourable lifting position with the (500 mm)
boom in a horizontal position.
19.685 in
The load's centre of gravity is 500 mm from the fork's back (500 mm)
and the tines (see drawing).

 Do not load several palettes simultaneously.


75_156

If, as an exception and on the explicit instructions of the


responsible superior, it is necessary to transport several
stacked palettes, be sure to verify that the stacking devices
of all palettes are free of defects.

The overall height of the palette stack must not exceed 2 m.

 Ensure that the length of the tines is appropriate to the


length of the load. Approach the load so that it contacts the
fork's back.

 If carrying a load that obstructs the view, drive in a direction


where you have full visibility, i.e. in reverse, if necessary. If
this is not possible, use a signalman to clear the path and
signal where to drive.

In this case, drive at walking pace with extreme caution.

 Lower the boom into the carrying position for carrying work
(see picture).

You may only lift above the stack when lowering or raising
the load.

 Always drive slowly with loads (speed range 1).

 The load should always be facing uphill when driving on


slopes.

 The boom executes a semicircular movement during the lift-


ing process.

Raise the boom to the desired unloading height shortly


before reaching the location of unloading. (danger of tilting)

 Lower the forklift attachment onto the ground before leaving


the cab.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-29


2.3 Precautions during operation Safety

Parking the machine

 Park the machine, if possible, on level ground.

 Apply the parking brake.

 Lower the work equipment (1) to the ground.

 Set the direction selector switch to NEUTRAL.

 If it is necessary to park the machine on a slope, position the


machine with the work equipment facing downhill.

 Block the wheels with wheel chocks (2) to prevent the


machine from rolling away.

 When parking the machine on public roads, ensure that it


does not obstruct traffic.

 Put up signal lamps and required warning signs to ensure


that passing traffic can clearly see the machine.

 Adhere to all regulations on parked vehicles and securing


building sites.

 Lower the work unit entirely to the ground before leaving the
cab.

 Engage the work equipment lock lever.

 Switch off the engine.

 Lock all points that can be locked and store the key in a safe
place.

2-30 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.3 Precautions during operation

2.3.3 Transport

Loading and unloading the machine

For details see 3.4 “Transport” (3-98).

Towing

For details see 4.1 “Towing the machine” (4-2).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-31


2.3 Precautions during operation Safety

2.3.4 Battery

Battery main switch

 Turn the battery main switch OFF.

In the case of the following events, follow the switch-off pro-


cedure described below.

Turn the starting switch to the OFF position. Only switch the
battery main switch off once the green pilot lamp on the relay
box has gone out. Remove the key to the battery main
switch before:

 storing the machine for one or more months

 repairing electrical systems

 carrying out electric welding

 handling the battery

 replacing the main fuses

Handling batteries

Battery electrolyte contains sulphuric acid.

 When handling batteries, always wear protective goggles.

 If battery acid gets into your eyes, it may cause blindness. If


acid gets into your eyes, flush them immediately with large
amount of water and seek medical attention. Flush the eyes
until a doctor arrives or you have reached a hospital.

 If sulphuric acid touches your skin or clothing, it causes


chemical burns. Immediately rinse the area that came in
contact with the sulphuric acid with water.

 When working in the battery range, acid can adhere to


hands unnoticed. For this reason, never touch your eyes
when working with batteries. Always wash hands after work-
ing.

 Batteries create hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas is extremely


explosive and can ignite with the smallest sparks.

 Never disconnect the battery when the engine is running.

2-32 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.3 Precautions during operation

 Before connecting two machines with booster cables:

 Turn the starting switch of the faulty machine to the OFF


position.

 Only switch the battery main switch of the faulty machine


off once the green pilot lamp on the relay box has gone
out.

 Switch the starting switch of the functioning machine off.

There is a risk that the faulty machine will move when the
power is connected.

 Avoid short circuits with the battery poles or the battery ter-
minals by accidentally touching them with metal objects, e.g.
tools.

 Always disconnect the negative (-) terminal (ground side)


first when removing the battery; when installing the battery,
connect the positive (+) terminal first, and connect the
ground last.

 Attach the battery terminals securely. Loose battery termi-


nals can cause sparks and lead to an explosion. Make sure
that the cover for the positive (+) terminal is mounted at all
times.

 Tighten the battery caps securely.

 Remove the negative (-) terminal from the battery during


repair work of the electric connections or during electric
welding, to disrupt the electricity flow.

Starting the engine with booster cables

For details see 4.2 “Starting the engine with booster cables”
(4-6).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-33


2.4 Precautions for maintenance Safety

2.4 Precautions for maintenance


Personnel

You may only execute maintenance or repair work on the


machine if you are a trained specialist or have been carefully
instructed by a specialist.

Warning tag

Do not start the engine, or touch and operate the work equip-
ment control element while performing service or maintenance.
This could lead to accidents that can cause serious injuries.

Always attach the warning tag to the work equipment control


lever or on the multi-function lever to alert others that you are
performing service or maintenance on the machine. Attach addi-
tional warning tags around the machine if necessary.

NOTICE
These tags are available from your Komatsu distributor.

Tools

You may only use tools suited for the respective task. Using
damaged, low quality, faulty, makeshift tools or improper use of
the tools could cause serious personal injury.

2-34 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.4 Precautions for maintenance

Safety relevant parts

The quality of the components can be susceptible to regular


wear and tear. Therefore replace safety relevant components on
a regular basis with new parts, irrelevant of the fact if they are
functional or not.

Safety relevant parts include:

 Fuel system:

 Fuel hose

 Fuel spill hose

 Tank cap

 Hydraulic system:

 all hydraulic hoses

Replace or repair safety-critical parts if any defect is found, even


when they have not reached the time specified interval. Hydrau-
lic hoses have to be replaced every 2 years.

In order to ensure safe assembly and operation of the machine,


it is recommended that you use Komatsu genuine parts.

For details see 5.6 “Periodic replacement of safety-critical parts”


(5-23).

Keeping the worksite clean

Do not leave tools lying around the worksite. Remove grease, oil
and other substances that may cause a slip hazard. Always
keep the worksite tidy and clean to ensure safe completion of
work. If the worksite is not kept tidy and clean there is a risk of
tripping, falling or slipping, which can lead to injury.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-35


2.4 Precautions for maintenance Safety

Before executing the inspection and maintenance

Choose a location where there is no risk of landslide, rockfall or


flood.

Before performing inspection and maintenance tasks, park the


machine on solid, level ground. Lower the work unit. If your
machine is equipped with E.C.S.S., you have to switch off the
E.C.S.S.. Switch off the engine and secure the machine.

If the engine has to remain on during maintenance, e.g. during


pressure inspection of the hydraulic system, proceed with
extreme caution. Only perform this work in pairs after defining
unmistakable signals.

One person has to remain on the operator's seat to immediately


shut down the engine when necessary. Only operate the operat-
ing level after consulting the second person.

The person performing the maintenance has to be careful not to


touch or get caught in moving parts.

Ensure steady positioning

When disassembling or assembling the machine for mainte-


nance or repair, ensure at each stage that the machine is in a
steady position. Failure to comply with this can lead to injury or
death.

Guards

The area around the engine contains guards to protect persons


from moving parts. These guards can only be removed by
Komatsu customer service technicians, unless specific instruc-
tions are provided in this manual.

2-36 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.4 Precautions for maintenance

Securing the articulated steering

1. Park the machine in a straight line.

2. On the left side:

Loosen the spring pin and remove bolt (1).

3. On the right side:

Insert the bolt (2) and secure it with the locking pin.
1

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-37


2.4 Precautions for maintenance Safety

Working under the raised boom

WARNING
Danger of injury! The raised boom may suddenly fall! For safety
reasons, a raised boom must be secured against dropping
before you pass or stand under it.

1. The boom must be secured against moving if any work is to


be carried out under it when it is in a raised position. For this
purpose you should use a supporting prop (1), which is to be
positioned below the boom. 1

2. Park the machine on level, solid ground.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Place wheel chocks in front of the wheels to prevent the


machine from inadvertently rolling away.
GK032080

5. Secure the articulated steering with the locking bolt.

6. Lift the arm far enough to allow the supporting prop to be


placed beneath the boom.

7. Switch off the engine.

8. With the engine switched off, lower the boom slowly until it
rests safely on the supporting prop.

9. Position the direction selector switch to “N”.

10. Engage the work equipment lock lever.

G0070233_2

2-38 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.4 Precautions for maintenance

Tipping up the operator's cab

For details see 5.1.1 “Tipping up the operator's cab” (5-3).

Two people for maintenance work when the engine is run-


ning

In order to avoid injury, do not carry out maintenance while the


engine is running. If maintenance must be carried out while the
engine is running, the work must be carried out by at least two
workers, observing the following.

 One worker must always sit in the operator's seat and be


ready to stop the engine at any time. The workers must
always maintain contact with each other.

 When working near the fan, fan belt or other rotating parts,
there is a risk of being caught in the device. Ensure that you
do not go too close to them.

 Never allow tools or other items to fall into the fan or onto the
fan belt or stick tools or other items into other rotating parts.
There is a risk that they will come into contact with the rotat- ,&
ing parts and break or be flung back out.

 Lower the work equipment to the ground.

 Engage the work equipment lock lever.

 Do not touch the control lever or steering wheel. If it is nec-


essary to use the control lever or steering wheel, always
give a signal to your colleagues so that they can get into a
safe position.

G0070233_2

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-39


2.4 Precautions for maintenance Safety

Attachments

Place attachments that have been removed from the machine in


a stable condition so that they do not fall.

ATTENTION
Caution – Danger of injury!

Working beneath the machine

 Always lower all movable work equipment to the ground or


to the lower position before performing maintenance or
repair work under the machine.

 Block the wheels with a wheel chock.

 Never work under a machine that has not been sufficiently


secured.

Keeping the machine clean

 Always keep the machine clean and tidy.

 Oils, grease and tools or parts laying around are dangerous


because they are a potential source for slipping or tripping.

 Do not use water or steam to clean sensors, plugs and the


interior of the cab. If water gets into the electrical system,
there is a hazard that it will cause malfunctions or misopera-
tion and lead to accidents.

Special operations

Always wear appropriate protective clothing and protective gog-


gles when sanding, welding, using the sledge hammer or per-
forming similar work.

2-40 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.4 Precautions for maintenance

Adding fuel or oil

 Spilled fuel or oil is a source for potential slipping and a fire


hazard. Therefore immediately remove all spilled sub-
stances.

 Use well ventilated areas for adding fuel and oil.

 Close the filling places after adding.

 Never use fuel to rinse or clean parts.

 Do not let oil or fuel seep into the ground or water. Dispose
of meeting environmental standards.

 If the machine is equipped with a fuel strainer in the tank


filler port, it may not be removed when adding fuel.

Coolant

 The machine is equipped with an aluminium radiator. There-


fore only use coolants with the prescribed mixing ratio.

 Careful, antifreeze is extremely flammable.

 Switch off the engine and wait until the coolant system has
cooled down before inspecting the coolant level. Then
inspect the coolant level in the expansion tank.

 Remove the lid slowly so that the pressure can be released.

 Add water into the expansion tank if necessary.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-41


2.4 Precautions for maintenance Safety

Application of lighting

When checking fuel, oil, coolant or battery electrolyte, always


use lighting with anti-explosion specifications.

High-pressure hoses

 You may not bend high-pressure hoses or hit them with hard
objects. Do not use piping or hoses with tears or bends,
because they may burst during operation.

 Replace loose or damaged fuel or oil hoses immediately.


Leaking fuel or oil is a potential slipping hazard and is flam-
mable.

 Replace hoses every 2 years at the latest.

Handling high pressure oil

 Always keep in mind that the hydraulic circuits are under


high pressure.

 Do not add or remove oil and perform maintenance or


inspection work, before the work equipments has been com-
pletely lowered and the system is depressurised.

 If oil escapes under high pressure, there is a danger of oil


entering the skin or eyes. Therefore always wear safety gog-
gles and thick gloves and use a piece of cardboard or wood
to search for oil leakages.

 If you are hit by a stream of high pressure oil, immediately


consult a doctor for medical attention and explain the inci-
dent.

2-42 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.4 Precautions for maintenance

Handling the pressure accumulator

WARNING
Danger of injury! Pressure accumulators are filled with highly
pressurised nitrogen. Do not open or damage the pressure
accumulator.

 Immediately consult a Komatsu distributor if you find func-


tional troubles or defects on the pressure accumulator.

 Only persons with the authorisation for dealing with high-


pressure gas may fill or refill gas.

 Do not disassemble the accumulator.

 Do not bring it near flame or dispose of it in fire.

 Do not make holes in it, weld it, or use a cutting torch.


GK032078
 Do not hit or roll the accumulator. Do not subject it to any
impact.

 Before the maintenance technician extracts the pressure


accumulator, the hydraulic system has to be depressurised.

Fan and belt

 Always keep sufficient distance to revolving parts and


ensure that nothing can get caught in it.

 Parts that get caught in the fan or belt can be cut off or flung
away.

 Do not wear loose clothing, scarves or similar clothing or


open, long hair that could get caught.

Salvage

 Never pour old oil into sewers or in rivers, etc.

 Always put oil drained from your machine in containers.


Never let the oil spill on the ground.

 Obey applicable laws and regulations when disposing of


harmful objects such as oil, fuel, coolant, solvent, filters, and
batteries.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-43


2.4 Precautions for maintenance Safety

Sources of chemical hazards

If there is a risk posed by contact with hazardous chemicals


when carrying out maintenance or disassembly work, corre-
sponding precautions must be taken.

If in doubt, please consult your Komatsu distributor for informa-


tion.

Waste material

Avoid any kind of environmental pollution when disposing of


waste.

 Always put oil drained from your machine in containers.


Never pour the oil directly onto the ground or into drains, riv-
ers, lakes or seas.

 Obey applicable laws and regulations when disposing of


harmful objects such as oil, fuel, coolant, solvent, filters, and
batteries.

Maintaining the air conditioner

 If refrigerant from the air conditioner comes into contact with


the eyes or skin, that can lead to loss of sight or frostbite.

 Never touch the refrigerant.

Pressurised air

 Flying objects can cause serious injury or material damage


when carrying out cleaning work using pressurised air.

 Always wear protective goggles, a dust mask, gloves and


other safety equipment when cleaning parts or the radiator
with pressurised air.

End of service life

Ask your Komatsu distributor about safe disassembly of the


machine at the end of its service life.

2-44 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Safety 2.5 Precautions when handling tyres

2.5 Precautions when handling tyres


Handling tyres

For details see 3.3.16 “Handling tyres” (3-96).

If tyres or rims are handled incorrectly, there is danger that the


tyre may explode or be damaged, or that the rim may fly off and
cause serious injury or death.

To maintain safety, always proceed as follows.

 Maintenance, disassembly, repair, and assembly of the tyres


and rims requires special equipment and special technology.
Always ask your Komatsu distributor to carry out these oper-
ations.

 Inflate tyres up to the defined pressure. If the tyre pressure is


too low, the tyres may heat up and burst. If the tyre pressure
is too high, there is also danger that the tyre may burst.

 If a tyre heats up considerably, inflammable gases are pro-


duced. A burning tyre may burst very easily, thus spreading
fire over a large area.

 Check the tyre pressure when the tyres are still cold. Do not
let off pressure if the pressure in a warm tyre has increased.

 Do not light a fire and do not carry out welding near the tyre.

 Keep the working area free of pointed or sharp objects that


may damage the tyre.

 Avoid any overload.

The values for tyre pressure and permitted speed given in this
manual correspond to the manufacturers' values and refer to
standard usage. In case of special usage, please refer to your
Komatsu distributor or the tyre manufacturer.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 2-45


2.5 Precautions when handling tyres Safety

Precautions when storing tyres

Tyres for construction equipment are extremely heavy and may


cause serious injuries.

 In general, tyres must be stored in a protected room that


cannot be accessed by unauthorised persons.

 Place the tyres on an even surface and incline them 60° to


70° (2) against a solid stopper and secure them with wheel
chocks (1) so that they cannot roll away, tip over, or slip.

 If, however, a tyre tips over despite this safety measure, do


not try to stop it, but get out of the way as quickly as possi-
ble. Tyres for construction machines are very heavy and
may cause serious injuries.

2-46 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation

3. Operation

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-1


3.1 General view Operation

3.1 General view

3.1.1 General view of the machine

5 6
7
4

2
13
1

10

11

12

14

3-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.1 General view

1. Bucket

2. Tipping lever

3. Front wheel

4. Bucket cylinder

5. Front work lights

6. Warning beacon

7. ROPS cab

8. Rear wheel

9. Turn signal

10. Headlights

11. Boom

12. Lift cylinder

13. Rear work lights

14. Rear lights

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-3


3.1 General view Operation

3.1.2 Controls

General view

8
6 7
5

9
4 10
11 12
13
14 16
15
17

1
2 18

19
21
3
20

G0070202a.eps

3-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.1 General view

1. Accelerator pedal

2. Brake pedal

3. Parking brake

4. Steering column adjustment lever

5. Monitor

6. Turn signal lever

7. Headlight switch

8. Horn

9. Speed range 2 switch

10. 100% differential lock (option)

11. Direction selector switch

12. Multi-function lever

13. Special equipment control lever

14. E.C.S.S. switch (option)

15. Auto-inch (option)

16. Starting switch

17. Cigarette lighter

18. Car radio (option)

19. Speed regulator (option)

20. Work equipment lock lever

21. Engine shutdown secondary switch

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-5


3.1 General view Operation

3.1.3 Machine monitor

General view

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

G0070400

19 18 17 16 15 14

3-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.1 General view

1. Water separator caution lamp

2. Speed range 2 pilot lamp

3. Battery charge circuit caution lamp

4. Intake air pre-heater pilot lamp

5. Parking brake caution lamp

6. High-beam pilot lamp

7. Direction selector switch pilot lamps

8. Turn signal pilot lamp

9. Seat belt caution lamp

10. E.C.S.S. pilot lamp

11. Rear window defroster pilot lamp

12. Air cleaner caution lamp

13. Engine oil pressure caution lamp

14. Coolant temperature gauge

15. Save button

16. Programming button

17. Service meter

18. Speedometer

19. Fuel gauge

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-7


3.1 General view Operation

3.1.4 Switches

General view

6
7 17
5 11 16
4 8 10
9 15 19
1
18 20 21
2 21
3 22
23

24
14
12 13

25

28

G0070202a.eps

27 26

G0070417

3-8 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.1 General view

1. Hazard warning light switch with pilot lamp

2. Windshield wiper and washer switch

3. Rear window wiper and washer switch

4. Programming button

5. Save button

6. Work light switch

7. Rear window defroster switch

8. Warning beacon switch (option)

9. Turn indicator lever

10. Light switch

11. Horn button

12. Reversing light switch

13. Sweeper switch

14. Switch for quick coupler

15. Blower switch

16. Temperature switch

17. Air conditioner switch (option)

18. 100% differential lock switch (option)

19. Speed range 2 switch

20. Direction selector switch

21. E.C.S.S. switch with pilot lamp (option)*

22. Auto-inch (option)

23. Starting switch

24. Cigarette lighter

25. Speed control (option)

26. Battery main switch

27. Cab light switch

28. Engine shutdown secondary switch

(*) E.C.S.S.: (Electrically Controlled Suspension System)

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-9


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

3.2.1 Machine monitor

C A C A C A A A A C A A C C

G0070400

C B C

A A

A
A

The machine monitor consists of:

A Pilot lamps

B Gauges

C Caution lamps

All elements needed for the efficient operation of the machine


are explained below.

Pilot lamps

This group includes the pilot lamps for high beam, glow plugs,
turn indicators, direction selector switch, E.C.S.S. (optional).

3-10 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

Gauges

This group includes the fuel gauge, the service meter, the cool-
ant temperature gauge, and the speedometer.

Caution lamps

This group includes caution lamps for battery charge circuit,


parking brake, air cleaner, water separator, engine oil pressure,
and seat belt warning.

Caution lamps

1 2 3 4 5 6

G0070400

1. Water separator caution lamp

2. Battery charge circuit caution lamp

3. Parking brake caution lamp

4. Seat belt caution lamp

5. Air cleaner caution lamp

6. Engine oil pressure caution lamp

1. Water separator caution lamp

The water separator caution lamp lights up when an excessive


amount of water has accumulated in the water separator at the
fuel filter.

If this is the case, you have to drain the water from the water
separator.

For details see “Water separator – draining water and dirt accu-
mulations” (3-55). G0070206

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-11


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

2. Battery charge circuit caution lamp

Before starting the engine:

This lamp lights up when the starting switch is turned to the 'B'
(ON) position.

With the engine running:

When the engine is running, the alternator generates a voltage


to charge the battery. The lamp goes out. If the battery charge
circuit caution lamp does not go out when the engine is running, G0070210

there is a malfunction.
A B
For details see 4.6 “Other troubles” (4-12).

G0070421A

3. Parking brake caution lamp

This lamp lights up when the starting switch is turned to the 'B'
(ON) position with the parking brake engaged.

If the direction selector switch is brought into the forward or


reverse position with the parking brake engaged, an acoustic
warning signal sounds.

G0070207

4. Seat belt caution lamp

This lamp lights up if the seat belt is not fastened.

You are at risk while driving: always fasten your seat belt.

5. Air cleaner caution lamp

This lamp lights up if the air cleaner becomes clogged when the
engine is running.

If this is the case, clean or replace the air cleaner cartridge.

For details see “Changing the filter insert of the air cleaner,
changing the safety filter” (5-36).

G0070211

3-12 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

6. Engine oil pressure caution lamp

Before starting the engine:

This lamp lights up when the starting switch is turned to the 'B'
(ON) position. At the same time, the acoustic warning signal
sounds.

With the engine running:

After starting the engine, the engine oil pressure builds up and G0070209
the lamp goes out. If the lamp does not go out when the engine
is running, or if it lights up during operation and the acoustic
warning signal sounds, there is a malfunction in the oil pressure A B
circuit.

For details see 4.6 “Other troubles” (4-12). C

G0070421A

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-13


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

Pilot lamps

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

G0070400

3-14 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

1. Speed range 2 pilot lamp

2. Intake air pre-heater pilot lamp

3. High-beam pilot lamp

4. Direction pilot lamps

5. Turn signal pilot lamp

6. E.C.S.S. pilot lamp

7. Rear window defroster pilot lamp

8. Pilot lamp in the auto inch-function switch

9. Hazard warning light pilot lamp

1. Speed range 2 pilot lamp


2
When you turn on the ignition, speed range 2 is engaged and
the lamp (1) lights up. As long as lamp (1) is lit, the machine is
operating in speed range 2.

Pressing and releasing button (2) on the multi-function lever


once causes the machine to return to speed range 1, and lamp
(1) goes out.
1
G0070213

2. Intake air pre-heater pilot lamp

This lamp lights up when the starting switch is turned to the 'B'
(ON) position and the glow plugs are in operation.

It goes out when the pre-heating is completed. It is now possible


to start the engine.

If the coolant temperature is below 60 °C, the lamp lights up


again for a maximum of 1 minute after the engine has started.
G0070215

A B

G0070421A

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-15


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

3. High-beam pilot lamp

This lamp lights up when the headlights are at high beam.

The lamp also lights up when the headlights are flashed.

G0070216

4. Direction pilot lamps

The pilot lamp on the machine monitor shows which direction of


travel has been selected:

 Left arrow is lit: machine travelling forward

(direction selector switch in “F” position)


GK100836

 Right arrow is lit: machine travelling in reverse

(direction selector switch in “R” position)

If the direction selector switch is in the neutral position (“N”),


both pilot lamps are unlit.

5. Turn signal pilot lamp

This lamp flashes when the turn signal is engaged.

REMARK
If the turn indicator circuit is interrupted, the lamp flashes more
quickly.
GK100837

6. E.C.S.S. pilot lamp

(Option)

The E.C.S.S. lamp in the machine monitor lights up if the


E.C.S.S. is engaged and the machine is travelling at a speed
higher than 5 km/h.

G0070214

3-16 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

7. Rear window defroster pilot lamp

This lamp is lit when the rear window defroster is switched on.

GK100839

8. Auto-inch function

(Option)

This lamp lights up when the auto-inch function is switched on.

Pressing the switch again turns off the auto-inch function, and
the lamp goes out.

G0070406

9. Hazard warning light pilot lamp

This lamp flashes when the hazard warning lights are active.

GK100815

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-17


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

Gauges

G0070400
4 3 2

1. Speedometer

2. Coolant temperature gauge

3. Service meter

4. Fuel gauge

1. Fuel gauge

Turn the starting switch to the 'B' (ON) position.

The fuel gauge indicates the fuel level.

F = The tank is full


E = The tank at the reserve level

The background light is green if enough fuel is available.


G0070218

The background light is red when the fuel level is low. Refill fuel.

If only the two bars at the right of the fuel display are lit, there is A B
no electrical contact between the fuel display and the tank level
sensor. In this event, contact your Komatsu distributor.
C

G0070421A

3-18 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

2. Service meter

The service meter indicates the total service hours. The service
meter counts only the service hours when the engine is running,
whether the machine is actually operating or not. The service
meter lamp flashes when the service meter is counting.

G0070220

3. Coolant temperature gauge

When the starting switch is set to the 'B' (ON) position, the tem-
perature gauge indicates the coolant temperature.

The background light is green if the coolant temperature is nor-


mal.

The background light is red if the coolant temperature is too


high. The acoustic warning signal sounds.
G0070219
If only the two bars on the right of the temperature display are lit,
there is no electrical contact with the temperature sensor.
A B
For details see 4.6 “Other troubles” (4-12).

G0070421A

4. Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the gound speed.

The background light changes from green to red when the set
maximum speed is exceeded. The acoustic warning signal
sounds.

G0070271

The two buttons are for setting the tyre size and changing the
speedometer display from “km/h” to “mph” and vice versa.

NOTICE
Have your Komatsu distributor adjust these settings!

G0070407

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-19


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

3.2.2 Switches

6
7 17
5 11 16
4 8 10
9 15 19
1
18 20 21
2 21
3 22
23

24
14
12 13

25

28

G0070202a.eps

27 26

G0070417

3-20 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

1. Hazard warning light switch with pilot lamp

2. Windshield wiper and washer switch

3. Rear window wiper and washer switch

4. Programming button

5. Save button

6. Work light switch

7. Rear window defroster switch

8. Warning beacon switch (option)

9. Turn indicator lever

10. Light switch

11. Horn button

12. Reversing light switch

13. Sweeper switch

14. Switch for quick coupler

15. Blower switch

16. Temperature switch

17. Air conditioner switch (option)

18. 100% differential lock switch (option)

19. Speed range 2 switch

20. Direction selector switch

21. E.C.S.S. switch with pilot lamp (option)*

22. Auto-inch (option)

23. Starting switch

24. Cigarette lighter

25. Speed control (option)

26. Battery main switch

27. Cab light switch

28. Engine shutdown secondary switch

(*) E.C.S.S.: (Electrically Controlled Suspension System)

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-21


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

1. Hazard warning light switch with pilot lamp

Use this switch to turn the turn signal on and off.

NOTICE
Only turn on the hazard warning lights in an emergency.

If the hazard warning lights are on, all flashing lights on the
machine are on. At the same time, the pilot lamp in the hazard
warning light switch and the turn signal pilot lamp are flashing. G0070427

2. Windshield wiper and washer switch

Use this switch to turn the windshield wiper and washer on and
off.

 The switch has two positions:

 Position '1' is retained and turns the wiper on or off.

If the switch is held in position '2', the washer stays active as


long as the switch is held. G0070426

3. Rear window wiper and washer switch

Use this switch to turn the rear window wiper and washer on and
off.

 The switch has two positions:

 Position '1' engages and turns the wiper on or off.

If the switch is held in position '2', the washer stays active as


long as the switch is held. G0070425

4. Programming button

This switch can be used to set the type and dimension of the
tyres.

3-22 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

5. Save button

This button can be used to save the programmed type and


dimension of the tyres.

6. Work light switch

WARNING
Working lamps may blind incoming traffic! Switch off the working
lamps before travelling on public roads.

Use this switch to turn the work lights on and off.


G0070428

7. Rear window defroster switch

Use this switch to turn the rear window defroster on and off.

The pilot lamp on the machine monitor lights up when the rear
window defroster is switched on.

G0070429

8. Warning beacon switch

(Option)

Use this switch to turn the warning beacon on and off.

G0070431

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-23


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

9. Turn signal lever

Use the turn signal lever to turn the turn signal on and off.

Position 1 = Left turn signal 1


Position 2 = Right turn signal

.
2
G0070269

10. Light switch


1
Use the light switch to turn the main headlights, the side clear- 0
ance lights, the tail lights and the search lights on and off.
2
2
Position 0 = Lights off
Position 1 = Parking lights on
Clearance lights and tail lights on.
Position 2 = Main headlights on
Clearance lights and tail lights are also on. G0070270

Position 3 = Headlights flash


High-beam pilot lamp on
Position 2 + 4 = Low beam on
Position 2 + 5 = High beam on 3
High-beam pilot lamp on

5
G0070268

11. Horn button

Use the horn button to sound the horn.

GK100822

3-24 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

12. Reversing light switch

(Option)

Use this switch to switch the reversing light on.

Switching the switch again turns off the reversing light.

G0070405A

13. Sweeper switch

(Option)

Use this switch to turn the sprayer (water supply) on and off.

G0070430

14. Electrical quick coupler button

Use this button to unlock the quick coupler.

Pull the button's lock (A) in the direction of the arrow to unlock
the button.

The quick coupler remains unlocked as long as the lamp is lit.


A
Releasing the button locks the quick coupler, and the lamp goes
out.
G0070420
For details see 6. “Control lever for special equipment and addi-
tional function” (3-35).

15. Blower switch

Use this rotary switch to control the airflow in several levels.

Position 1 = Blower off


Position 2 = Low airflow
Position 3 = Medium airflow
Position 4 = High airflow

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-25


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

16. Temperature switch

Use this rotary switch to control the power of the heater in levels
from 'cold' (heater off) to 'warm'.

17. Air conditioner switch

(Option)

Use this switch to turn the air conditioning on and off.

18. 100 % differential lock switch

(Option)

Use button (1) to turn the differential lock on and off. As long as
the button is held, the differentials in the axles are locked 100%.

When button (1) is released, the differentials are unlocked.

NOTICE
For details see “Engaging the 100 % differential lock” (3-78).
1
G0070217A

19. Speed range 2 switch


2
This lamp (1) lights up when button (2) on the multi-function
lever is pressed once and then released.

As long as lamp (1) is lit, the machine is operating in speed


range 2.

Pressing and releasing button (2) again causes the machine to


return to speed range 1, and lamp (1) goes out. 1
G0070213

3-26 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

20. Direction selector switch

Use this switch to change the machine's direction of travel. The


selected direction of travel is displayed on the machine monitor.

Position F = Forward
Position N = Neutral position
Position R = Reverse

NOTICE
Starting the engine is possible only if the direction selector
switch is in the neutral position 'N'.

21. E.C.S.S. switch with pilot lamp

(Option)

Use this switch to turn on the E.C.C.S.

The lamp in the switch is lit when speed range 2 is active.

 If the machine is travelling at a speed higher than 5 km/h,


the E.C.S.S. is activated automatically and the E.C.S.S. pilot
lamp on the machine monitor lights up.
G0070432
 If the machine is travelling slower than 5 km/h, the E.C.S.S.
circuit is deactivated and the pilot lamp on the machine mon-
itor goes out. The pilot lamp in the E.C.S.S. switch remains
on.

22. Auto-inch

(Option)

When the hydraulic back pressure in the work equipment is too


high while loading, the tractive force of the drive is reduced until
the work equipment can be raised again.

NOTICE
Always turn this switch off when driving on roads.
G0070424

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-27


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

23. Starting switch


Version 1
Use this switch to turn the engine on and off.
A B
 (A) 'OFF' position

In this position the engine is turned off and it is possible to C


remove the key. In the stop position, all functional circuits are
turned off.

 (B) 'ON' position


G0070421A
In this position, the pilot lamps are lit and the intake air pre-
heater is active. The functional circuits are turned on. The
Version 2
ignition key remains in this position while the engine is run-
ning. A B

 (C) 'START' position


C
With the switch in this position, the engine starts.

NOTICE
Starting the engine is possible only when the direction selector
switch is in the neutral position, 'N'. G0070422

3-28 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

24. Cigarette lighter

This is used to light cigarettes.

A few seconds after pushing the button in, it will return to its orig-
inal position. Then you may pull it out and light a cigarette.

GK032135

25. Speed regulator

(Option)

The speed regulator is used to adjust the maximum ground


speed of the machine in all gears within a continuous range from
slow (dial at '0') to fast (dial at '10').

Turn the dial to the right to increase the setting. Turn the dial to
the left to decrease the setting. The conditions for use may differ
G0070225
according to the condition of the road surface.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-29


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

26. Battery main switch

Before you switch off the battery main switch, you have to switch
off the starting switch and wait until the green pilot lamp on the
relay box has gone out.

NOTICE
 Put the battery main switch into the ON position unless

 the machine is being stored for one or more months

 electrical systems are being repaired

 electric welding is being carried out

 the battery is being handled

 the main fuses are being replaced

 Never switch off the main switch while the engine is running.
This can lead to damage to electrical systems.

 If the battery switch is switched off, the power supply to all


electrical systems is interrupted and data for the time or
selected station on the radio may be lost.

The battery main switch is used to switch the power supply from
the battery to the electrical systems in the machine on or off. The
location of the switch is shown in the image to the right.

Position (O): OFF

The power supply is interrupted. The key can be removed in this


position.

Position (I): ON

The power supply to the switching circuits is created.

Ensure that this position is selected before starting the machine.

3-30 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

27. Cab light switch

This button in the middle is used to switch the cab light on and
off.

The cab light can also be switched on when the starting switch is
in the 'A' (OFF) position. For this reason, turn off the cab light
before leaving the cab.

G0070417

A B

G0070421A

28. Engine shutdown secondary switch

NOTICE
Only use this switch in emergencies.

This switch is used if the starting switch is off but the engine
does not stop.

1. Lift the cover.

The switch is located beneath the cover.

2. Pull on the switch in position (a) and the engine will stop.

 (a) Engine stopped: If abnormal (switch is pulled up)

The engine cannot be started in this position.

 (b) Normal: If normal (switch is pressed down)

The switch is automatically returned to the normal position


(b) when the cover is closed.

Contact your Komatsu distributor as soon as possible to have


the problem fixed.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-31


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

3.2.3 Control levers and pedals

STOP

1 2
3 4

G0070201.eps

1. Steering column adjustment

2. Parking brake

3. Brake pedal

4. Accelerator pedal

5. Multi-function lever

6. Accessory control lever (3rd control circuit and electrical quick coupler)

7. Work equipment lock lever

8. Bucket switching lever (not figured)

3-32 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

1. Steering column adjustment

Use lever (2) to tilt the steering column (1) forward and back-
ward continuously. The range of adjustment is 125 mm.

For details see “Adjusting the steering column” (3-62).

2. Parking brake

The brakes start to engage as soon as the parking brake lever is


moved out of its home position. If the starting switch is in the 'B'
(ON) position, the parking brake caution lamp on the machine
monitor lights up. The machine is able to move again when the
parking brake is released.

NOTICE
The machine will not start with the parking brake engaged. If the
direction selector switch is brought into the forward ('F') or
reverse ('R') position with the parking brake engaged, an acous-
tic warning signal sounds. A B

G0070421A

3. Brake pedal

ATTENTION
 When travelling downhill for extended periods of time, the
service brake may overheat and become damaged as a
result!

 Keep the engine running when driving downhill. Use the


brake in addition when necessary.

 Accident hazard through non-intended use of brake – do not


use the brake pedal as a footrest.

The brake is actuated with a combined inching and brake pedal.


Inching provides an additional braking effect in the hydrostatic
traction drive.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-33


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

4. Accelerator pedal

The accelerator pedal controls the engine speed.

5. Multi-function lever

The multi-function lever controls the work equipment. The multi-


function lever has 6 positions to control the work equipment as
follows:

The multi-function lever locks in this position. The floating position

â
is used for levelling (drawing off).
SW Floating position
In this switching position, the work equipment lowers under its
own weight and moves freely due to external force.

ç
This switch position lowers the boom. When the engine is not run-
S Lower ning, you can lower the work unit by setting the multi-function
lever to this position (in emergencies).

0 Hold
å The boom is held in position.

H Lift
ã The boom is raised.

E Tilt
ä This position causes the bucket to tilt.

A Dump
à This position causes the bucket to dump.

3-34 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

6. Control lever for special equipment and additional


function

The control lever for special equipment has three positions


whose functions depend on the type of special equipment used.

Standard bucket, bucket for light materials, or forklift imple-


ment

Position 1 = Pressing this button (4) causes the locking


bolts for the work equipment to retract.
Position 0 = Neutral
Locking bolts are retracted; this position
allows you to pick up the work equipment.
Position 2 = Work equipment locking bolts extend

Multi-purpose bucket

Position 1 = Open multi-purpose bucket


Position 0 = Neutral G0070420
Position 2 = Close multi-purpose bucket

Sweeper, snowblower

Position 1 = Work equipment rotates backwards


Position 0 = Neutral
Position 2 = Work equipment rotates forward
Position 3 = Work equipment rotates forward continuously
(lever is retained)

 Move the control lever to position '3' for continuous opera-


tion. The control lever remains in this position.

 This electrical detent function only works when the starting


switch is on.

NOTICE
Do not move the special equipment control lever to positions '1',
'2' or '3' with no additional equipment attached. This would
cause the work equipment to operate against overpressure and
heat the oil unnecessarily, possibly damaging the hydraulic com-
ponents in the long term.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-35


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

7. Work equipment lock lever

The work equipment lock lever secures the work equipment


against unintended use. Use this lock lever to lock the work
equipment before driving on roads and prior to maintenance
work.

G0070233_2

3-36 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

3.2.4 Steering lock


The steering lock provides a rigid connection between the front
and rear frame to prevent the steering from articulating. Lock the
articulated steering before lifting the machine and prior to repair
and maintenance work.

1. Park the machine in a straight line.

2. On the left side:


1
Loosen the spring pin and remove bolt (1).

3. On the right side:

Insert the bolt (2) and secure it with the locking pin.

3.2.5 Tow hitch


Use the tow hitch e.g. for towing another machine.

Always secure the bolt of the tow hitch with the locking pin
attached to the chain.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-37


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

3.2.6 Power outlet

ATTENTION
 Danger of accidents!
Electrical devices may interfere with the on-board electron-
ics.

 Never connect electrical devices other than the reading light


to the power outlet.

Use the power outlet to connect a reading light.

G0070226.eps

3.2.7 Door unlocking


The cab doors are equipped with detents that engage when the
door is fully opened (1) to prevent the door from slamming shut
when the machine is moving. To be able to close the door (2) 1
2
again, pull back the corresponding release mechanism.

3.2.8 Back-up alarm


The back-up alarm sounds when the direction selector lever is in
the reverse position.

3-38 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

3.2.9 Fuses

ATTENTION
 Turning fuses off while the ignition is on may cause damage
to components of the electrical system.

 Switch the starting switch to the OFF position before replac-


ing fuses; only switch the battery main switch off once the
green pilot lamp on the relay box has gone out. Remove the
key to the battery main switch.

 Fuses with improper ratings may cause cable fires or blow


again immediately.

 Always replace defective fuses with fuses of the same rat-


ing.

The fuses protect the electrical system. Replace defective, cor-


roded, or loose fuses.

The fuses can be seen when the panel on the right side of the
cab is opened.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-39


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

Fuse allocation

3-40 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

No. Fuse rating Circuit name

F1.1 10 A Starting switch

F1.2 10 A KOMTRAX

F1.3 10 A Cigarette lighter

F1.4 10 A Radio, cab light

F1.5 10 A Hazard warning light switch

F1.6 10 A Windshield wiper, horn

F1.7 10 A Brake lights

F1.8 20 A Heating blowers, ACC

F2.1 10 A Rear heated wire glass

F2.2 10 A Back-up alarm

F2.3 10 A Turn indicators

F2.4 10 A Monitor, starting motor

F2.5 10 A Monitor

F2.6 20 A Work lights

F2.7 10 A Parking lights

F2.8 10 A Licence plate lighting

F3.1 10 A Low beam

F3.2 10 A High beam

F3.3 10 A Solenoid switch, return to dig

F3.4 10 A Auto-inch, ECSS, hose break safety device

F3.5 25 A Air conditioner

F3.6 10 A Radio

F3.7 10 A Warning beacon

F3.8 10 A Light switch

F4.1 10 A Back-up alarm relay

F4.2 10 A Switch for rear window wiper

F4.3 10 A Heated seat

F4.4 10 A Quick coupler, differential lock

F4.5 10 A Speed control

F4.6 10 A Central lubrication system

F4.7 Fourth control circuit

F4.8 10 A Option

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-41


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

3.2.10 Slow-blow fuses


If the power supply fails, one of the slow-blow fuses might be
blown. Check the electrical system and replace defective fuses.

When the operator's cab is tipped up, the box can be found in
the engine compartment on the right.

1
1. Starter motor relay 92 Ω
2. Battery fuse 100 A 5
3. Intake air pre-heater relay 12 Ω K238

4. Intake air pre-heater fuse 100 A


K106 F4

5. Battery relay 32 Ω
2
6. Pilot lamp, controller

K238
F5

4 100A 3

G0070264A

3-42 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

3.2.11 Relays

1. A450 option Immobiliser


2. K56.1 Relay (headlight)
3. K56.2 Relay (high beam)
4. K67 Turn indicator
5. K158.2 Relay (KOMTRAX)
6. K167 Relay 0.8 SEC.
7. K209 option Return to dig
8. K235 Relay (speed range)
9. K296 option Relay (air conditioner)
10. K314 option 650 Hz switch or 400 Hz switch
11. K373.1 Relay (parking brake)
12. K373.2 Relay (parking brake)
13. K376 option Relay (differential)
14. K385 Relay (back-up alarm)
15. K411 option Relay (hose break safety device)
16. K464 option Relay (4th control circuit)
17. KOP3 option Relay (option)
18. V118 Diode

3.2.12 Setting the heating and ventilation system

Adjusting the ventilation system

When the ventilation system is on, air is blown into the cab. If the
cab door is closed, this results in a slight overpressure. This pre-
vents dust from entering the cab.

The air is distributed by means of the air outlet nozzles (a).


a a
 You can open and close all air outlet nozzles (a) individually.

 The airflow may be directed with the diffuser discs.

 The upper, round air outlet nozzles can be directed at the a a


windscreen and at the side windows.

a = Air outlet nozzles


b = Air intake nozzles

a a

G0070280A
b

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-43


3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements Operation

Adjusting the heating system

NOTICE
The heating capacity depends on the coolant temperature of the
engine. Full capacity is only achieved when the engine has
warmed up. The cab heats up faster if the air intake nozzles (b)
are open.

1 Rotary fan switch 2


2 Rotary temperature switch 1

To achieve the maximum heating effect inside the cabin, open all
air outlet nozzles (a), set rotary switch 2 to maximum heating
power, and set the fan to its highest speed with rotary switch 1.

To achieve a comfortable temperature, open all air outlet nozzles


(a), set rotary switch 2 to a comfortable temperature, and set the
fan to a low airflow rate.

To cool down the cab, open all air outlet nozzles and close the
air intake nozzles (b). Then set rotary switch 2 to 'cold', and set
the fan to the highest speed.

3-44 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.2 Descriptions of the individual elements

3.2.13 Air conditioner


(Option)

NOTICE
Only use the air conditioner when the engine is running. Let the
air conditioner run for about 10 minutes every month to prevent
the compressor shaft seal from drying out.

Do not let the air conditioner run for an extended period of time
at low engine speeds to prevent the battery from discharging.

Keep the cab doors and windows closed when the engine is run-
ning.

If the machine was exposed to strong sunlight for an extended


period of time, it is recommended to air the cab thoroughly when
starting the machine and turning on the air conditioner.

Turning on the air conditioner

1. Open all air intake nozzles (b), if equipped.

a = Air outlet nozzles


b = Air intake nozzles b G0070290A

NOTICE
If the air intake nozzles are closed (b), the cooling capacity
decreases.

2. Turn the fan switch (1) to position '4'.

3. Turn the temperature control switch (2) to 'cold'.

4. Activate the air conditioner switch (3).

The air conditioner is now on. This setting achieves the


greatest cooling effect, especially if the engine is running at
high speed.
3
2
5. Turn the fan switch (1) back one position when the desired 1
temperature has been reached.

6. Use the temperature dial for further adjustment.

7. The air is distributed by means of air outlet nozzles (a).


a a
 You can open and close all air outlet nozzles (a) individu-
ally.

 The airflow may be directed with the diffuser discs.


a a
 The air outlet nozzles (a) can be directed at the wind-
screen and at the side windows.

a a

G0070280A

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-45


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3 Operation

3.3.1 Checks before starting

Visual inspection

WARNING
Danger of fire! Leaking oil or fuel or accumulations of combusti-
ble material may ignite when making contact with hot compo-
nents such as the exhaust pipe! Check oil and fuel lines for
leakage before starting. Repair leaks immediately. Stow com-
bustible materials safely.

Before starting the engine

Check the area around the machine for loose nuts and bolts.
Check for leaking oil, fuel, or coolant. Check the condition of the
work equipment and the hydraulic system. Also check for loose
cables and accumulations of dirt. Repair any defects and
remove accumulations of dirt.

Before starting to work

Perform the following tasks daily:

1. Check work equipment

Check the work equipment, cylinders, linkage, and hoses for


tears, excessive wear, and looseness. Repair defects.

2. Remove dust and dirt

Check the engine and radiator area for accumulations of dirt


or dust. Also check the areas around the battery and around
hot components like the exhaust pipe for accumulations of
combustible material. Completely remove dust and dirt.

3. Check engine area for water or oil leaks

Check that the engine does not leak oil and verify that the
coolant and fuel systems do not leak.

Repair defects.

3-46 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

4. Check transmission, axles, the hydraulic tank, hoses,


and connections

Check transmission, axles, the hydraulic tank, hoses, and


connections for oil leakage. Repair defects.

5. Check brake lines

Check the brake lines for oil leakage. Repair defects.

6. Check wheels

Check the tyres for cracks, damages, and wear. Check


wheel rims and retaining rings for cracks and damages.
Retighten loose wheel nuts. Repair defects. Replace miss-
ing valve covers.

7. Check handrails

Check the handrails for damages and loose screws. Repair


damages and retighten loose screws.

8. Check gauges and indicators

Check all gauges and indicators for damages and loose


screws. Replace defective parts. Remove dirt from surfaces.

9. Check air cleaner

Check the mounting screws of the air cleaner. Retighten


loose screws.

10. Check battery terminals

Retighten the battery terminals.

11. Check the seat belt

The seat belt must be replaced after heavy strain such as


hard deceleration or the machine rolling over.

Check the belt, the belt lock, and the mounting points.

Replace the seat belt if the belt, its lock, or the mounting
points are damaged.

Check the fixing screws of the mounting points for firm seat.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-47


3.3 Operation Operation

12. Check ROPS

Check for loose or damaged screws. Have any screws


retightened or replaced by a Komatsu distributor. Always
retighten loose screws to the specified torque. Always
replace damaged screws with original parts.

13. Check cab windows

Clean cab windows before beginning to work.

3-48 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Checks before starting the engine

Check coolant level – add coolant

ATTENTION
 An improper coolant mixing ratio cause damage to the alu-
minium radiator. The proportion of coolant must always be
between 30% and 60%.

 Danger of fire! Coolant may ignite when making contact with


the hot engine.

 Wait until the engine has cooled down before adding cool-
ant.

1. Open the bonnet.

2. Check that the coolant level in the expansion tank tank is


between the MAX and MIN marks. M AX
Add coolant if the coolant level is below MIN.

3. Remove the lid of the expansion tank.


MIN
4. Add coolant until the MAX mark is reached.

5. Firmly tighten the lid after adding coolant.

6. If the expansion tank becomes empty again after a short


period of time, immediately have the cooling system
checked for leakage and repaired at a workshop.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-49


3.3 Operation Operation

Radiator – clean radiator fins

The radiator fins have to be checked daily and cleaned if neces-


sary.

NOTICE
 Be careful to close the intake opening (2) of the dust pre-
separator before cleaning. Entry of water may cause engine
2
damage.

 Do not hold the compressed-air or water nozzle too close to


the radiator fins. Do not use a brush for cleaning, as it may
damage the radiator fins.

3-50 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Removable fan grille

(Option)
1

WARNING
 Danger of accidents! Switch off the engine before installing
or removing the fan grille.

 Never use the machine without the fan grille installed.

A removable fan grille is installed with the large-mesh radiator.


Remove the grille for easier cleaning of the radiator fins. 2

1. Loosen the screws (1), and remove the fan grille to clean the
radiator fins.

2. Reinstall the fan grille after cleaning. Check the centricity of


the support pins (2).

V-belt – check condition

Check the v-belt of the alternator and the air conditioner


(optional) for cracks.

 Lateral cracks across the width of the belt are acceptable.

 Longitudinal cracks along the length of the belt that intersect


with lateral cracks, missing pieces, or damage to the fabric
layers are not acceptable.

 Replace the drive belt in this case.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-51


3.3 Operation Operation

Check engine oil level – add engine oil

NOTICE
Wait for at least 5 minutes after switching off the engine before
checking the engine oil level. The machine must be on level
ground.

1. Pull out the dipstick (1) and wipe off the oil with a clean cloth.
1
2. Fully insert the dipstick and pull out again after a moment. 2
The oil level must be between the (H) and (L) marks on the
dipstick.

3. If the oil level is below the (L) mark, add engine oil through
the oil filler neck (2). See chapter 5.4 “Fuel, lubricants, and
coolants; quantities” (5-18) for recommended oils.

NOTICE
Do not pour an excessive amount of oil into the oil filler neck!

4. Wait for three minutes and check the oil level again. Drain
some oil if the oil level is above the (H) mark. For details see
“Draining engine oil” (3-53).

5. Close the oil filler neck (2).

3-52 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Draining engine oil

If too much oil was added, the excessive oil must be drained.
Provide a sufficiently large oil tray.

1. Place the tray underneath the drain screw (arrow).

2. Remove the cap (1) of the drain valve.

3. Screw a drain hose (2) onto the drain valve. This opens the
drain valve.

4. Drain excessive oil.

5. Unscrew the drain hose (2) from the drain valve. This closes
the drain valve.

6. Check the oil level again.


1
7. Reinstall the cap (1) on the drain valve.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-53


3.3 Operation Operation

Check the fuel level – add fuel

WARNING
 Danger of fire! Spilled fuel may ignite!

 Immediately remove any spilled fuel.

1. Turn the starting switch to the 'B' (ON) position.


A B

G0070421

2. Check the fuel level at the fuel gauge.

F = Fuel tank full


E = Fuel tank empty

3. Turn the starting switch to the 'A' (OFF) position.

G0070218

4. Add fuel as required.

5. Close the filler neck after refueling.

3-54 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Additional water separator

(Option)

1. Keep a container ready for collecting the fluid from the water
separator.

2. Close the stop valve (A) by turning the lever upward.

3. Release the collar nut (B) and remove the glass container
(C). B

4. Empty the glass container.

5. Reinstall the glass container and hand-tighten the collar nut.

6. Open the stop valve (A) by turning the lever downward.


C
NOTICE
The two water separators are bled together at the end. A

Water separator – draining water and dirt accumulations

1. Keep a container ready for collecting the fluid from the water
separator.

2. Unscrew the valve (1) at the bottom of the water separator


by 2 rotations.

3. Drain off water and dirt until pure fuel flows out.

4. Retighten the valve (1) again by turning clockwise.

ATTENTION 1

Do not over-tighten the valve, as this might damage the thread.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-55


3.3 Operation Operation

NOTICE 2
It is recommended to fill the filter with fuel after draining to pre-
vent problems when starting the engine.

5. Loosen the bleed screw (2) on the injection pump.

6. Work the pump button (3) on the fuel filter until there are no
more bubbles in the fuel flowing from the bleed screw.

7. Retighten the bleed screw (2).

3-56 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Check gauges and indicators

Turn the starting switch to the 'B' (ON) position.


A B
The fuel level and coolant temperature LCDs as well as all cau-
tion and pilot lamp LEDs light up for 2 seconds, and the acoustic C
warning signal sounds.

 The fuel level is displayed (1).

 The parking brake caution lamp (2) lights if the parking brake
is engaged. 3 5 2 G0070421 4

 The caution lamps for battery charge circuit (3) and engine
oil pressure (4) are lit.

 The intake air pre-heater pilot lamp (5) is lit if the intake air
pre-heater is active.

NOTICE
G0070400A
Contact your Komatsu distributor if one of the pilot lamps does 1
not light up.

Do not use only the gauges and indicators for the checks before
starting; also be sure to perfom the tasks specified for regular
maintenance.

Check electrical connections

ATTENTION
Fire hazard! Combustible material (leaves, twigs, grass, etc.) in
the electrical system may ignite.
Remove combustible material from the electrical system.

NOTICE
Contact your Komatsu distributor if a fuse blows or if there are
signs to indicate a short circuit in the electrical system.

Periodically check the terminals for firm seat and retighten loose
terminals.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-57


3.3 Operation Operation

Heating/air conditioner – check airflow

1. Turn the starting switch to the 'B' (ON) on position.


A B

G0070421

2. Open all air intake nozzles (b) and air outlet nozzles (a), if
equipped. a a

3. Turn on the fan.

4. Check if there is enough air flowing from the air outlet noz-
zles to the left and to the right of the steering column. a a

5. If the airflow is insufficient, the filter cloth in the heater/air


conditioner may be clogged and should be cleaned or
replaced. If the cooling performance of the air conditioner is
too low, check whether the condenser is dirty.

For details see “Heating/air conditioner – clean/renew filter a a


cloth, clean condenser” (5-56).
G0070280A
b

Other maintenance tasks to perform before starting.

 Check lights for function, dirt, and damages.

 Check gauges.

 Check horn and back-up alarm.

 Check steering play and function.

 Check rear-view mirrors for function, dirt, and damages.

3-58 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Adjustments before starting

Adjusting the operator's seat

Readjust the operator's seat whenever changing operators.


Before starting to work, verify that the seat is adjusted to allow
you to fully press down the brake pedal with your back touching
the backrest.

Proceed as follows to adjust the seat:

Model: ISRI

1. Weight adjustment

Turn the knob (1) to adjust the suspension system to the


operator's weight.

2. Horizontal adjustment

To adjust the horizontal seat position, raise lever (2) and


push the operator's seat forward or back. The seat locks in
position when the lever is released.

3/4.Vertical and angle adjustment


1
The height and angle of the operator's seat can be adjusted 4
(with spring support) with levers (3) and (4). Use lever (3) to
adjust the front section of the seat and lever (4) for the rear 3
section.
2
Height adjustment
Equally adjust the front and rear sections of the seat.

To do so, pull up and hold lever (3). At the same time, take
the weight off the front part of the seat upholstery to raise the
front of the seat. Apply weight to the front of the seat to lower
it. Release the lever when reaching the desired height. The
seat will lock in this position.

Then pull up and hold lever (4). At the same time, take the
weight off the rear part of the seat upholstery to raise the
rear of the seat. Apply weight to the rear of the seat to lower
it.

Release lever (4) when reaching the desired height. The


seat will lock in this position.

Angle adjustment
Adjust the front and rear of the seat differently.

Proceed as described in the above chapter.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-59


3.3 Operation Operation

5. Adjusting the backrest

To adjust the backrest, apply a light load to it and pull and


hold lever (5).

Take load off the backrest to tilt it forward. Press the back-
rest to the rear to tilt it backward.

Release lever (5) when the backrest has reached the


desired position.

The backrest will lock in this position.


5

3-60 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Model: GRAMMER

1. Weight adjustment

The seat is adjusted to the operator's weight by turning the


adjustment lever for weight (1) with nothing on the seat. The
set weight can be seen on the display.

2. Horizontal adjustment

To adjust the horizontal seat position, raise lever (2) and


push the operator's seat forward or back. The seat locks in
position when the lever is released.

3. Adjusting the height

The seat hight can be set to several different positions.

Raise the seat to the desired height until you can hear it
clicking into place. If the seat is raised above the upper stop,
it drops back down to the lowest position. 1 70kg 2

4. Adjusting the backrest

To adjust the backrest, apply a light load to it and pull and


hold lever (3).

Take load off the backrest to tilt it forward. Press the back-
rest to the rear to tilt it backward. 3
Release lever (3) when the backrest has reached the
desired position.

The backrest will lock in this position.

5. Adjusting the headrest

Move the headrest up or down.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-61


3.3 Operation Operation

Adjusting the steering column

WARNING
 Adjusting the steering column while driving may cause seri-
ous accidents.

 Stop the machine before adjusting the steering column.

Use this lever to adjust the steering column (1) angle. (Range of
adjustment: 125 mm)

Proceed as follows:

1. Release the lock lever (2).

2. Adjust the steering column angle so you can use the steer-
ing wheel when sitting comfortably while at the same time
having a good view of the work equipment. Hold the steering
wheel in this position.

3. Lock the steering column in this position by applying the lock


lever again.

Adjusting the armrest

Proceed as follows to adjust the armrest:

1. Loosen the screw (1).

2. Extend or retract the armrest so you can easily access the


multi-function lever.

3. Retighten the screw. 1

Adjusting the rear-view mirrors

Sit in the operator's seat and adjust the rear-view mirrors as


desired. You should be able to observe the following traffic with-
out having to lean forward or backward.

3-62 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Fastening the seat belt

WARNING
 Danger of injury! A seat belt that has been damaged,
stretched in an accident, or whose mounting points or
screws have not been fastened correctly does not provide
adequate protection in case of an accident.

 Replace the seat belt if it is damaged or the machine has


been involved in an accident. Check the condition of the
mounting points and screws before fastening the seat belt.

 Not wearing the safety belt when involved in an accident


may cause severe injuries.

 Fasten the safety belt before starting to work, and do not


take it off while working. Fasten the belt so that it is not
twisted and fits snugly.

The machine is equipped with a seat belt that retracts automati-


cally. Automatically retracting seat belts offer full freedom of
movement when pulled slowly but block immediately if the vehi-
cle decelerates or accelerates suddenly, travels downhill, or
turns.

Fastening the seat belt

1. Sit in the operator's seat.

2. Pull out the seat belt slowly and continuously.

3. Insert the tongue into the lock until the lock engages.

4. Pull the belt to check that the tongue is locked properly.

NOTICE
The belt cannot be pulled out unless it is completely wound up.

Taking off the seat belt

Press the orange button to open the seat belt lock, and allow the
belt to wind up.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-63


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3.2 Starting the engine


1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Set the direction selector switch to the neutral position 'N'.

NOTICE
Starting the engine is possible only when the direction selector
switch is in the neutral position 'N'.

WARNING
 Do not start the engine before sitting in the operator's seat.

 Never attempt to start the engine by hot-wiring the ignition


circuit. This may cause severe injuries or fires.

 Check that there are no persons or obstacles in the sur-


rounding area. Sound the horn and start the engine.

 Exhaust gas is toxic. When starting the engine in confined


spaces, be particularly careful to ensure good ventilation.

3. Turn the starting switch to the 'B' (ON) position.


A B
The fuel level and coolant temperature LCDs as well as all
caution and pilot lamp LED light up for 1 second, and the C
acoustic warning signal sounds.

 The fuel level is displayed (1).

 The parking brake caution lamp (2) lights if the parking


brake is engaged. 3 5 2 G0070421 4

 The caution lamps for battery charge circuit (3) and


engine oil pressure (4) are lit.

 The intake air pre-heater pilot lamp (5) is lit if the intake
air pre-heater is active.

The start-up time of the intake air pre-heater depends on the


coolant temperature. The lower the coolant temperature, the G0070400A
longer is the pre-heating period. 1

4. Slightly depress the accelerator pedal.

5. When the intake air pre-heater pilot lamp (5) goes out you
may turn the ignition key to 'START' to start the engine.

NOTICE
Do not keep the starting motor rotating for more than 15 sec-
onds. If the engine does not start during this time, wait for at
least two minutes before trying again.

6. Release the starting switch as soon as the engine starts.


It automatically returns to its operating position 'B' (ON).

7. When the coolant temperature is below 60 °C, the pilot lamp


lights up again for a maximum of 1 minute after the engine
has started.

3-64 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

NOTICE
For details see 3.5 “Operation in cold weather” (3-105).

Ambient temperature for operation and storage


The recommended ambient temperature for operation and stor-
age is between -20°C and +45°C.

For ambient temperatures under 0°C see 3.5 “Operation in cold


weather” (3-105).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-65


3.3 Operation Operation

Checks after starting the engine

NOTICE
 Do not rev up or load the engine suddenly before it has
warmed up.

 Do not run the engine unnecessarily at low or high idle


speed. If it is necessary to run the engine at idle for an
extended period, load the engine from time to time or let it
run at medium speed.

 Confirm that the engine is running smoothly during the


checks after starting.

Do not start working immediately after starting the engine. Per-


form the following preparations and checks first:

1. Slightly depress the accelerator pedal and let the engine run
at medium speed and no load.

 Verify the proper functioning of all hydraulic cylinders


with the multi-function lever.

 Verify the proper functioning of the steering.

 To warm up the hydraulic oil, repeatedly tip the multi-


function lever for the work equipment from the '0'
(HOLD) position to the 'E' (TILT) position and back at
short intervals. The multi-function lever should not be in
the tilt position for more than 10 seconds at a time.

 Then check the hydraulic system for leakage.

NOTICE
These checks also provide for a quicker warming-up of the
hydraulic oil.
1 G0070400A

2. During the checks, observe all gauges and caution lamps


and immediately repair any faults.

3. Check that the exhaust colour is normal and that the exhaust
pipe does not vibrate or sound abnormally. Repair any
defects.

4. Do not work under full load before reaching the operating


temperature. The coolant temperature gauge (1) must be in
the green.

3-66 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

3.3.3 Driving the machine

Starting

ATTENTION
Carelessly starting from a stop may cause accidents! Before
starting to drive, ensure that there are no persons in the area
surrounding the machine, and sound the horn.

1. Start the engine as described in chapter 3.3.2 “Starting the


engine” (3-64).

2. Raise the work equipment to the carrying position.

3. Engage the work equipment lock lever.

4. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

G0070233_2

5. Release the parking brake.

The parking brake caution lamp goes out.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-67


3.3 Operation Operation

6. Set the direction selector switch to the desired direction.

Position F = Forward
Position N = Neutral position
Position R = Reverse

NOTICE
If the direction selector switch is set to the forward or reverse
position while the parking brake is engaged, an acoustic warning
signal sounds.

7. Release the brake pedal and simultaneously depress the


accelerator pedal to start the machine.

Limiting the maximum speed


The speed regulator is used to adjust the maximum ground
speed of the machine in a continuous range from slow (dial at 2
'0') to fast (dial at '10').
1
1. Stop the machine.

2. Initially set the speed regulator to the lowest speed. To do


so, turn the speed regulator (1) all the way to the left stop ('0'
position).

3. Depress the accelerator pedal. The machine stays station-


ary. G0070225

4. Slowly turn the speed regulator to the right to increase the


speed to the desired speed.

5. The machine slowly starts moving and accelerates to the


speed that matches the setting on the speed regulator.

6. Lock the speed regulator against being adjusted unintention-


ally by moving the locking device (2) all the way to the right
stop.

NOTICE
Depending on the road surface, identical speed regulator set-
tings may result in different speeds.

3-68 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Starting on an incline

ATTENTION
Carelessly starting from a stop may cause accidents! Before
starting to drive, ensure that there are no persons in the area
surrounding the machine, and sound the horn.

1. Start the engine as described in chapter 3.3.2 “Starting the


engine” (3-64).

2. Apply the parking brake. The parking brake caution lamp


lights up.

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Set the direction selector switch to the desired direction.

Position F = Forward
Position N = Neutral position
Position R = Reverse

6. Depress the accelerator pedal and slowly release the brake


pedal simultaneously to start the machine.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-69


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3.4 Changing direction

WARNING
 Carelessly changing direction may cause severe accidents!

 Before changing direction from forward to reverse or vice


versa, check that there are no persons or obstacles in the
new direction of travel.

NOTICE
 Suddenly reversing the direction when driving at high
speeds may damage the engine.

 Decelerate the machine almost to a stop before changing


direction.

Use the direction selector switch to switch between forward and


reverse. The machine may still be coasting when the direction is
reversed.

Position F = Forward
Position N = Neutral position
Position R = Reverse

Driving in reverse

 The back-up lights light up and the back-up alarm sounds


when the direction selector lever is set to the reverse posi-
tion. (Option)

 The machine can travel as fast in reverse as forward.

 Look to the rear of the machine when driving in reverse; do


not just orient yourself with the rear-view mirrors.

 Before travelling, sound the horn to warn people in the area.

3-70 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

3.3.5 Turning and steering

WARNING
 Carelessly changing direction may cause severe accidents!

 Suddenly turning at high speeds may cause the machine to


tip over.

 If the engine stops while driving, the power steering


becomes inactive. Steering the machine requires a signifi-
cantly higher effort in this case.

Turning on slopes, ridges, or embankments

Keep sufficient distance to ridges or steep slopes. The machine


may fall over or slip when operated too close to steep slopes,
ridges or embankments. The limit values are listed in
chapter 6.4 “Limit values for slopes” (6-6).

Do not turn or traverse on slopes. Only execute these manoeu-


vres on level ground. If it is necessary to drive on slopes, avoid
driving on grass, fallen leaves, or steel plates. The machine may
slip on these surfaces when traversing across the slope. Drive
very slowly and carefully.

To keep the centre of gravity low, keep the bucket close to the
ground (approx. 20–30 cm) when driving on slopes, ridges or
embankments. In case of an emergency, quickly lower the
bucket on the floor to stabilise the machine.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-71


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3.6 Brakes
Use the service brake (1) to decelerate the machine when driv-
ing.

After stopping, secure the machine with the parking brake (2). 3

Engaging the parking brake


1. Press the lock button.

2. Pull up the parking brake lever.

3. Release the lock button. The parking brake pilot lamp lights
up.

Disengaging the parking brake


1. Slightly pull up the parking brake lever.

2. Press the lock button.

3. Lower the parking brake lever.

4. Release the lock button. The parking brake pilot lamp goes
out.

Braking with the service brake


If the deceleration by releasing the accelerator pedal is insuffi-
cient, use the service brake to further decelerate the machine.

To do so, depress the brake pedal.

The service brake (1) may also be used to adapt the ground
speed to the actual driving and working conditions, irrespective
of the accelerator pedal position (3). (This is called inching.)

If you need to fully depress the accelerator pedal to use the full
engine power for the work equipment, you may still use the
brake pedal to lower the ground speed or stop the machine.

3-72 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

If the service brake fails


If the machine does not stop even when the brake pedal is fully
depressed, you must use the parking brake.

Stop driving and immediately have the machine inspected by the


responsible Komatsu distributor.

Braking on slopes

ATTENTION
 When travelling downhill for extended periods of time, the
service brake may overheat and become damaged!

 Keep the engine running when driving downhill. Use the


brake in addition, when necessary.

 Accident hazard through non-intended use of brake – do not


use the brake pedal as a footrest.

If the service brake is used excessively when driving downhill, it


may overheat and become damaged.

Prevent this by driving downhill slowly and using the braking


force of the engine.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-73


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3.7 Stopping and parking the machine


Avoid sudden stops. Proceed as follows to stop the machine:

1. Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.

2. Set the direction selector switch to the neutral position 'N'.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Lower the work equipment to the ground.

WARNING
 Inadvertently operating the multi-function lever or moving the
work equipment may cause accidents!

 Engage the work equipment lock lever before leaving the


operator's cab.

5. Engage the work equipment lock lever.

G0070233_2

Parking the machine on a slope

 Park the machine, if possible, on level ground.

 If it is necessary to park the machine on a slope, position the


machine with the work equipment facing downhill.

 Apply the parking brake.

 Lower the work equipment (1) to the ground.

 Block the wheels with wheel chocks (2).

3-74 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

3.3.8 Operating the work equipment

Multi-function lever
The multi-function lever controls the work equipment. The multi-
function lever has 6 positions to control the work equipment as
follows:

The multi-function lever locks in this position. The floating position

â
is used for levelling (drawing off).
SW Floating position
In this switching position, the work equipment lowers under its
own weight and moves freely due to external force.

ç
This switch position lowers the boom. When the engine is not run-
S Lower ning, you can lower the work unit by setting the multi-function
lever to this position (in emergencies).

0 Hold
å The boom is held in position.

H Lift
ã The boom is raised.

E Tilt
ä This position causes the bucket to tilt.

A Dump
à This position causes the bucket to dump.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-75


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3.9 Return to dig


1. Lower the bucket to the ground, adjust the desired digging
angle, and set the multi-function lever to HOLD. 1 4
2. Engage the work equipment lock lever and stop the engine.
2
3. Loosen the 2 bolts (1) and adjust the bracket of the proximity
switch (4) so that the rearward end of the rod (2) is in line
with the centre of the sensing surface of the proximity switch
(3). Tighten the screws to lock the bracket in position.

Set the gap between the rod (2) and the sensing surface of
the proximity switch (3) to between 3 and 5 mm.

4. After adjusting, start the engine and raise the boom. Set the 3
bucket control lever to DUMP and then to TILT BACK. The
control lever should lock in a detent.

Check that the lever automatically returns to HOLD when the


bucket has reached the desired digging angle.

3–
5
m
m

3-76 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

3.3.10 Working with the wheel loader

Saving the tyres


When digging in piles of soil or blasted rock, the tyres may
become cut by slipping. This reduces the service life of the tyres.
Use the following guidelines to prevent tyre slip:

 Keep the ground in the working are level, and remove any
fallen rocks.

 Always drive into the stockpile in a straight line. This yields


the greatest digging force and lowest tyre wear.

 Drive slowly when clearing away stockpiled material or load-


ing blasted rock (speed range 1).

 When digging, raise the bucket when entering the stockpile.


This increases the load on the front wheels, prevents the
front wheels from slipping, and reduces tyre wear.

 Lower the bucket to the ground slowly. If the bucket hits the
ground, the front tyres will come off the ground, and the tyres
will slip.

 To prevent the front wheels from slipping, they should press


into the ground as much as possible. Therefore, slightly
raise the bucket as soon as it enters the stockpile.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-77


3.3 Operation Operation

Engaging the 100 % differential lock


(Option)

WARNING
Be sure to disable the differential lock when turning on solid
ground.

On soft, slippery ground, traction can be improved by engaging


the four-wheel differential lock. 1
G0070217A
To engage the differential lock, press and hold button (1) on the
multi-function lever.

The differential lock may only be switched on when the machine


is stopped.

If only one wheel of an axle is turning when starting from a stop,


stop and correct the steering until the lock engages properly.

To disengage the differential lock, release button (1) on the


multi-function lever.

The differential lock can be disengaged while driving.

3-78 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Loading

ATTENTION
 Danger of accidents! Carrying a load with the bucket raised
high may cause the machine to tip over.

 When carrying a load, lower the bucket to lower the centre of


gravity.

The loading procedure for wheel loaders is based on the follow-


ing cycle:

Digging or excavating  Carrying  Dumping

The individual steps in the cycle are presented in the following


sections.

Digging

ATTENTION
 Digging with the steering hinge at an angle may damage the
articulated steering and the cardan shaft.

 Always drive the machine into the material in a straight line.

Observe the instructions in section “Saving the tyres” (3-77)


when digging.

1. Drive the machine into the stockpiled soil in a straight line.

2. While driving forward, quickly lower the bucket to a height of


about 30 cm off the ground and hold it in this position.

NOTICE
If the bucket hits the ground, the front tyres will come off the
ground, and the tyres will slip.

3. Next, lower the bucket to the ground slowly.

4. Inch the machine with the service brake while keeping the
accelerator pedal depressed.

5. Depress the accelerator pedal and dig the bucket into the
material. For digging loose material, hold the bucket's cutting
edge level when pushing into the material.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-79


3.3 Operation Operation

For loading blasted rock, tilt the bucket slightly downwards.

When digging blasted rock, take care that no rocks slip


underneath the bucket. Otherwise the front wheels may lose
contact with the ground, causing tyre slip and increased tyre
wear.

Always keep the load at the centre of the bucket. An uneven


load distribution may impair the machine's balance.

6. Raise the boom while entering the material to prevent the


bucket from entering too deeply. Raising the boom provides
a sufficient amount of traction.

7. Tilt the bucket.

8. If the bucket is too full, quickly tilt, dump, and lower the
bucket to reduce the load and prevent the load from spilling
while carrying.

3-80 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Excavating
When excavating, be careful not to load the bucket unevenly
since an uneven load distribution may impair the machine's bal-
ance.

1. Drive the machine to the excavating location in a straight


line.

2. Inch the machine with the service brake while keeping the
accelerator pedal depressed.

3. Slightly tilt the bucket downwards.

4. While driving forward, move the multi-function lever for the


boom slightly towards LOWER in order to remove only a thin
layer from the surface.

5. Slightly wiggle the multi-function lever for the boom up and


down to reduce the resistance when driving the machine for-
ward.

When digging, check that the digging force does not act une-
venly on the bucket.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-81


3.3 Operation Operation

Levelling
The purpose of levelling is to create an even surface. Use a
straight-edge bucket without teeth. Levelling includes two steps:
filling in and drawing off.

Filling in

It is possible that holes in the ground in front of the machine


need to be filled with soil. Proceed as follows:

NOTICE
For filling, tilt the bucket by a maximum of 15°.

Scoop soil into the bucket. Drive the machine slowly forward
while spreading soil from the bucket little by little. If there are
particularly large holes to be filled in, also place some soil in
front of the bucket to be spread while driving forwards.

Dragging

After filling in the holes, you may level the ground.

ATTENTION
 Danger of accidents! Carelessly driving in reverse may
cause severe accidents!

 Check that there are no persons behind the machine before


starting to drive in reverse. Use the horn to warn persons
who are in your way.

Slightly angle the bucket downwards. Drive in reverse while


dragging the bucket over the ground.

To make the ground particularly level, lower the boom in the


floating position. Slowly drive in reverse while dragging the
smooth underside of the bucket over the ground.

Scraping

Scraping is a special form of levelling. It is used to remove the


topmost soil layer.

Always drive in the lower speed range when scraping.

NOTICE
Scraping with the bucket in the dumping position damages the
bucket and the teeth. Align the bottom of the bucket level with
the ground when scraping.

3-82 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Carrying
Check that the carrying route is in good condition and that there
are no persons in the way. Remove fallen rocks from the working
area. Keep the bucket tilted in. Lower the boom to the carrying
position.

For details see “Saving the tyres” (3-77).

NOTICE
Set the work equipment to the carrying position before moving it
to the tilting stop.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-83


3.3 Operation Operation

Loading
Always select the loading method with the lowest turning and
driving effort in order to work as efficiently as possible.

WARNING
Danger of accidents! Suddenly turning or decelerating with a
raised load may result in the load falling from the bucket and
causing accidents. Turn slowly and decelerate cautiously with a
raised load.

ATTENTION
Driving into a stockpile or a pile of rocks at a high speed may
damage the bucket or the machine. Drive slowly when pushing
the bucket into a stockpile or a pile of rocks.

Avoid shaking the bucket excessively. Work in a way to save the


tyres (see section “Saving the tyres” (3-77)).

Cross-loading

Position the machine at right angles to the stockpile. Back the


machine up in a straight line after filling the bucket. Then wait for
the dump lorry to move between the stockpile and the machine.
Drive forward towards the dump lorry and unload the material.

This is the fastest loading method and reduces cycle times con-
siderably.

V-shape loading

Position the dump lorry so that the machine's direction of


approach to the stockpile is at an angle of about 60° with the
direction of approach to the dump lorry. Load the bucket and
shake it. This distributes the load in the bucket properly and pre-
vents it from falling out to the rear. Back the machine up from the
stockpile and direct the machine towards the dump lorry. Raise
the bucket to its maximum height. Drive forward towards the
dump lorry and unload the material.

The smaller the turning angle of the machine, the more effi-
ciently you are working.

3-84 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Stockpiling

When stockpiling material, do not set the bucket to the maximum


dump or tilt position but rather to the required levelling angle.
The rear counterweight should not touch the ground.

Working with the forklift attachment


Working with a forklift attachment on a wheel loader is different
both from working with a bucket and working with a forklift.
Therefore, observe the following points as well as the instruc- 19.685 in
tions in chapter 2.2 “General precautions” (2-9). (500 mm)

 Do not pick up loads that are so high as to block the opera-


19.685 in
tor's view of the route.
(500 mm)
 Hold the tines of the forklift attachment horizontally when
picking up a load.
75_156
 While driving, carry the load as close to the ground as possi-
ble in order to have a good view of the route.

 Always drive slowly with loads (speed range 1).

 The boom executes a semicircular movement during the lift-


ing process. Raise the boom to the desired unloading height
shortly before reaching the location of unloading. This pre-
vents the load from becoming damaged while lifting.

 Keep the forklift attachment horizontal when stacking, if pos-


sible.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-85


3.3 Operation Operation

Picking up the load

1. Approach the load slowly.

WARNING
Danger of accidents! If the load is not in the centre of gravity, the
stability of the machine will be negatively affected. Drive the
forklift attachment under the load until the load contacts the back
of the forklift attachment.

2. Drive the forklift attachment under the load so the load con-
tacts the back of the forklift attachment.

3. Slightly tilt the forklift attachment to prevent the load from


slipping off.

4. Lower the boom to the carrying position.

5. Raise the load to the proper height a short time before


reaching the unloading location. Raise the load a little higher
than necessary.

6. Set the load down slowly and from above onto the unloading
location.

7. Slowly lower the boom until it is possible to pull the tines out
from under the load.

8. Check that there are no persons standing behind the


machine, and back up from the unloading location.

3-86 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

3.3.11 Operating precautions

Permissible water depth


When working in water or on muddy ground, the water level
must be below the underside of the axle housing. After finishing
operation, wash the machine and check the lubrication points.

Working on snow
Follow the instructions in section “Working on snow” (2-28).

Dumping on steep slopes


Follow the instructions in section “While loading” (2-27).

Working near high-voltage cables


Follow the instructions in section “Working near high-voltage
cables” (2-17).

Working on road shoulders


Follow the instructions in section “Driving on slopes” (2-24).

Working on loose ground


Follow the instructions in section “Working on loose ground”
(2-28).

If the service brake fails


If the machine does not stop even when the brake pedal is fully
depressed, you must use the parking brake.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-87


3.3 Operation Operation

Precautions for driving uphill or downhill

Turning on slopes, ridges, or embankments

Follow the instructions in section 3.3.5 “Turning and steering”


(3-71).

Braking on slopes

Follow the instructions in section “Braking on slopes” (3-73).

Precautions when driving


The tyres will become very hot if the machine is driven at high
speeds for an extended period of time with improper tyre pres-
sure. This is to be avoided, as it causes premature tyre wear.
Observe the following points when it is necessary to drive the
machine over a long distance:

 Perform all checks before starting. For details


see 3.3 “Operation” (3-46).

 Fasten any manual tools before starting to drive.

 The required tyre pressure, the ground speed, and the type
of tyre vary depending on the road conditions. Contact your
Komatsu distributor or your tyre distributor for related infor-
mation.

 See table “Tyres and tyre pressure” in chapter “Tyre pres-


sure” (3-96) for the proper tyre pressure.

 Check the tyre pressure before starting to drive, when the


tyres are cold.

 Lower the work equipment to the carrying position and tilt it


back fully.

 Always drive with the bucket or forklift attachment empty.

 Observe applicable traffic rules and drive carefully. Check


that the work lights and the warning beacon are off when
driving on roads.

 Take a 30-minute break after each hour of driving. Check the


tyres and any parts exposed to high stress by road travel for
proper function and damages.

3-88 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

3.3.12 Adjusting the work equipment

Selecting the work equipment


See chapter 1.7 “Equipment” (1-24) for approved work equip-
ment.

Attaching the work equipment


1. Start the engine.

2. Unlock the quick coupler by setting the special equipment


control lever to position '1' while pressing and holding button
(4).

G0070420

3. Slightly raise the boom by setting the multi-function lever to


position 'H'.

4. Slightly tilt the quick coupler forward. Push the multi-function


lever to position 'A' to do so.

5. Drive the machine towards the work equipment until the


quick coupler (a) is underneath the mounting hooks of the
work equipment. Then raise the boom until the work equip- a
ment is suspended from the quick coupler.

7 5 _ 2 8 0A

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-89


3.3 Operation Operation

6. Push the multi-function lever into position 'E' to tilt back the
quick coupler until the stops of the work equipment contact
the quick coupler.

7. Lock the quick coupler by setting the special equipment con-


trol lever to position '2'.

The locking bolts (b) must be visible.

WARNING
If the work equipment is not locked properly, it may drop sud-
denly and cause serious accidents.

8. Check the work equipment for proper attachment by tilting a


and dumping.

7 5 _ 2 8 0A

3-90 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Attaching the multi-purpose bucket

Perform the following additional steps for attaching a multi-pur-


pose bucket.

9. Switch off the engine.

10. Set the special equipment control lever to position '1'.

11. Connect the hydraulic lines of the multi-purpose bucket to


quick couplers (5) and (6). 5 6

12. Start the engine.

Now the multi-purpose bucket can be operated with the spe-


cial equipment control lever.

Position 1 = Open multi-purpose bucket


Position 0 = Neutral
Position 2 = Close multi-purpose bucket

WARNING
If the work equipment is not locked properly, it may drop sud-
denly and cause serious accidents.

13. Check the multi-purpose bucket for proper attachment by tilt-


ing and dumping.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-91


3.3 Operation Operation

Removing the work equipment


1. Set the work equipment down on level ground.

2. Unlock the quick coupler by setting the special equipment


control lever to position '1' while pressing and holding button
(4).

G0070420

3. Use the multi-function lever to set the quick coupler to the


dump position 'A', until the quick coupler disengages from
the mounting hooks of the work equipment.

4. Check that there are no persons standing behind the


machine, and back up the machine from the work equip-
ment.

3-92 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Removing the multi-purpose bucket


1. Set the multi-purpose bucket down on level ground.

2. Switch off the engine.

3. Set the special equipment control lever to position '1' first


and then to position '2' to relieve the pressure in the hydrau-
lic lines.

4. Disconnect the hydraulic lines of the multi-purpose bucket


from the quick couplers.

5. Start the engine.


4
6. Unlock the quick coupler by setting the special equipment
control lever to position '1' while pressing and holding button
(4). G0070420

7. Use the multi-function lever to set the quick coupler to posi-


tion 'A' until the quick coupler disengages from the mounting
hooks of the multi-purpose bucket.

8. Check that there are no persons standing behind the


machine, and back up the machine from the multi-purpose
bucket.

Bucket level indicator


The bucket level indicators consist of markings on the upper
edge on both sides of the bucket. They are parallel with the cut-
ting edge.

The level indicators inform the operator of the position of the cut-
ting edge when the operator is sitting in the operator's seat.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-93


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3.13 Switching off the engine

NOTICE
Turning the engine off immediately after working at heavy load
without letting it cool down first may significantly reduce the
engine's service life. Do not switch off the engine suddenly
unless in an emergency.

1. Check the engine temperature at the coolant temperature


gauge (1).

2. If the engine overheats, run it without load at a medium


speed for 5 minutes before switching it off, so that the engine
can cool down.

3. Lower the working equipment.

4. Turn the starting switch to the 'A' (OFF) position to stop the
engine. 1 G0070400A

5. Remove the key from the starting switch.


A B

G0070421A

3.3.14 Checks after switching off the engine


1. Walk around the machine and check the work equipment,
the chassis, and the undercarriage. Also check for oil and
water leakage. Immediately repair any defects.

2. Fill the fuel tank.

3. Remove combustible material from the engine area, as it is a


fire hazard.

4. Remove coarse dirt from the undercarriage.

3-94 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

3.3.15 Locking
Lock at the following locations:

1 Engine bonnet
2 Cab door
1

NOTICE
The ignition key fits all locks.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-95


3.3 Operation Operation

3.3.16 Handling tyres

Precautions when handling tyres


For safety reasons, replace any tyres with one or more of the fol-
Tread
lowing defects:
Belt
 The bead wire is bent or broken. Sidewall

 Excessive wear, and the carcass ply (excepting the breaker)


is exposed.

 The carcass damage exceeds 1/3 of the tyre width.


Bead
 The tyre layers are separated from each other.
Carcass
 Radial cracks extending into the carcass.

 Warping or damage rendering the tyre unsuitable for use.

Tyre pressure
Check the tyre pressure before starting to work, when the tyres
are cold.

To prevent the tyre from slipping off the rim, make sure the tyre
pressure does not drop below 2 bar.

If the tyre inflation pressure is too low, there will be overload; if it


is too high, it will cause tyre cuts and shock burst.

As a general principle for visual inspections, the deflection ratio


of the front tyre (deflection/free height) should be as follows:

Deflection ratio = (H – h) / H x 100

H = unloaded tyre
h = loaded tyre

For carrying normal loads (horizontal boom position):


approx. 15–25%.

When digging (rear wheels off the ground): approx. 25–35%.


GK032224
When checking the tyre pressure, also check for cracks, peeling,
and abnormal wear. Remove nails, chunks of metal, and other
foreign particles from the tyres.

Remove fallen rocks from the working area. Clearing the work-
space prolongs the service life of the tyres and increases the
profitability of the machine.

3-96 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.3 Operation

Standard tyres

Air pressure (min. 2 bar)

Machine Manufacturer Tyre size Front axle Rear axle

bar psi bar psi

WA70-7 MITAS 12.5-18 NB38 2.0 29 2.0 29

The specified air pressure values might deviate from the stand-
ard values under special conditions. If this is the case, please
contact an authorised Komatsu distributor.

The service life and performance of the tyres is depends criti-


cally on the proper pressure. Proper pressure protects the tyres
against damage. Do not deflate the tyres if the pressure
increases due to high temperature. Check and adjust the tyre
pressure before starting to work, when the tyres are cold.

Under extreme operating conditions (e.g. load and carry opera-


tion), have the tyre pressure specified on location by the tyre
manufacturer or an authorised representative.

Increase the tyre pressure if the deflection ratio is too great.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-97


3.4 Transport Operation

3.4 Transport
Observe all applicable laws and regulations when transporting
the machine. Be careful to ensure safety.

3.4.1 Transporting procedure


As a basic rule, always transport the machine on a trailer.

Select a trailer that is suitable for the weight and dimensions


specified in 6.1 “Technical data” (6-2).

Note that the specifications for the weights and dimensions for
transport vary according to the type of tyre and the type of
bucket.

Ensure steady positioning


See “Ensure steady positioning (2-36)”.

3.4.2 Loading the machine

WARNING
 When loading or unloading the machine, run the engine at
low speed. Drive and work slowly.

 Park the trailer on firm and level ground for loading and
unloading the machine. Keep a sufficient distance from the
road shoulder.

 Use ramps of ample width, length, thickness, and strength.


Install the ramps with an inclination of less than 15°. When
using an embankment, compact the soil thoroughly and
make sure that the slope face does not collapse.

 Remove the mud stuck to the undercarriage to prevent the


machine from slipping to the side on the ramps. In addition,
remove any water, snow, ice, grease, or oil from the ramps.

 Never use the steering on the ramps. There is a risk that the
machine may tip over. If it is necessary to change direction,
return to the ground surface or the trailer platform, correct
the direction, and start again.

 The position of the centre of gravity of the machine will


change suddenly at the transition between the ramp and the
trailer. There is risk of the machine losing its balance.
Always drive slowly over this point.

When loading or unloading, always use ramps or a platform.


Proceed as follows:

3-98 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.4 Transport

Loading the machine


1. Load or unload the machine only on firm, level ground.

Maintain a safe distance from the road shoulder or slopes.

2. Apply the parking brake of the trailer and block the wheels
with chocks to ensure that the trailer does not move.

Then fix the ramps in line with the centres of the trailer and
the machine.
Ramp
Check that both sides are of equal height.
Wheel chocks
The ramp's angle of inclination must not exceed 15°. Block
max. 15°
Distance
Set the distance between the ramps to match the centre of between ramps
the tyres. GK032225

If the ramp sags noticeably, reinforce it with blocks or similar.

3. Determine the direction of the ramp, then slowly load the


machine.

4. Load the machine correctly in the specified position on the


trailer.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-99


3.4 Transport Operation

Securing the machine

DANGER
If the machine is not properly secured, it may slide or fall off the
transport vehicle and cause severe accidents. Always secure
the machine with ropes and wheel chocks or wedges to prevent
it from sliding or falling off.

Secure the machine to the trailer as follows.

1. Set the direction selector switch to the neutral position 'N'.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Lower the work equipment to the ground.

4. Engage the work equipment lock lever.

G0070233_2

5. Lock the articulated steering with the locking bolt (right side: 1).

For details see “Securing the articulated steering” (2-37).

3-100 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.4 Transport

ATTENTION
 Incorrectly attached ropes may damage the machine! Attach
the hooks of the fastening ropes to the marked attachment
points only.

 Check the attachment points of the machine and the trans-


porter for possible damage before and after loading, particu-
larly when transporting frequently.

6. Put wheel chocks in front of and behind the wheels. Secure


the machine with chains or wire ropes to prevent it from
moving during transport.

Be especially careful to ensure that the machine cannot slip


sideways.

To avoid damaging the machine, only fasten the hooks of the


fastening ropes to the marked attachment points on the
machine as shown in the diagram on the right.

Chains or ropes must not contact other components.

7. Always retract the car radio antenna fully. G0070240

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-101


3.4 Transport Operation

Unloading the machine


1. Load or unload the machine only on firm, level ground.

Maintain a safe distance from the road shoulder or slopes.

2. Apply the parking brake of the trailer and block the wheels
with chocks to ensure that the trailer does not move.

Then fix the ramps in line with the centres of the trailer and
the machine.
Ramp
Check that both sides are of equal height.
Wheel chocks
The ramp's angle of inclination must not exceed 15°. Block
max. 15°
Distance
Set the distance between the ramps to match the centre of between ramps
the tyres. GK032225

If the ramp sags noticeably, reinforce it with blocks or similar.

3. Remove the chains and wire ropes fastening the machine.

4. Remove the locking bolt (right side: 1).

5. Start the engine.

Warm the engine up fully.


1

6. Engage the work equipment lock lever.

7. Depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake.

Keep the right brake pedal depressed.

8. Determine the direction of the ramp, then slowly unload the


machine.

G0070233_2

3-102 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.4 Transport

3.4.3 Lifting the machine

WARNING
 Lifting operations using a crane must be carried out by a
qualified operator.

 Use a suitable lifting traverse. Use suitable lifting traverses


to ensure that the maximum diagonal pull of 10° is not
exceeded.

 Lifting traverse, slings and attachment points must be


inspected regularly and before operation for: cracks, defor-
mations, wear and excessive corrosion.

 The lifting point of the traverse must lie above the center of
gravity.

 Never lift the machine with any worker on it.

 Keep the machine horizontal when lifting it.

 Lock the articulated steering before lifting the machine.

 Engage the work equipment lock lever.

 Danger of injury! Objects placed on the machine may drop


when the machine is lifted. Remove all loose objects from
the machine before lifting it.

ATTENTION
 Incorrectly attached ropes may damage the machine! Attach
the hooks to the marked attachment points only.

 Check the attachment points for possible damage before


and after lifting, particularly when transporting frequently.

 When the machine is raised, check that there is no oil leak-


age from the hydraulic circuits.

NOTICE
This lifting procedure applies to machines with standard specifi-
cations. The method of lifting differs according to the attach-
ments and options actually installed. In such cases, please
contact your Komatsu distributor for information.

For details on the weight please see 6.1 “Technical data” (6-2).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-103


3.4 Transport Operation

Standard machines

max.10° max.10°
max.10

G0070241C

Attach the lifting hooks to the four points on the machine as


shown in the diagram above.

The slings (ropes, chains or similar) may only be used up to a


maximum angle of 10° (see illustration above) and must not
touch any part of the machine aside from the attachment points.

Lift the machine at these 4 points exclusively. There is a high risk


of the machine losing its balance.

GK032227

3-104 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.5 Operation in cold weather

3.5 Operation in cold weather

3.5.1 Precautions for operation in cold weather


At low temperatures, it may become difficult to start the engine,
and the coolant may freeze. Use the following precautions:

 Change to low-viscosity oil for all components.

 Use winter fuel.

For details see 5.4 “Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quanti-


ties” (5-18).

 Fill the windshield washer system with antifreeze.

 Check the coolant.

WARNING
 Antifreeze is toxic. Be careful to avoid contact with eyes or
skin. If antifreeze should contact your eyes or skin, wash it
off with a large amount of fresh water and see a doctor at
once.

 When changing the coolant or when handling coolant con-


taining antifreeze that has been drained while repairing the
radiator, please contact your Komatsu distributor. Antifreeze
is toxic. Prevent it from leaking into drainage ditches or spill-
ing on the ground.

 Antifreeze is flammable. Keep away from open fire. Do not


smoke when handling antifreeze.

NOTICE
 Please use the original Komatsu antifreeze, Supercoolant
(AF-NAC). We recommend using Komatsu genuine Super-
coolant exclusively.

 Do not mix antifreeze agents of different brands.

For details see “Coolant” (5-13) and “Cooling system –


change coolant and clean cooling system” (5-67).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-105


3.5 Operation in cold weather Operation

3.5.2 Precautions after work


To prevent mud, water, or the undercarriage from freezing and
making it impossible for the machine to move on the following
morning, always observe the following precautions:

 Remove mud and water from the machine body. In particu-


lar, wipe the hydraulic cylinder rods clean to prevent mud
and dirt on the rod surface from entering through the seal
with the water.

 Park the machine on solid, dry ground.

If this is impossible, park the machine on wooden boards.

The boards prevent the wheels from freezing to the ground


so the machine will be able to move the next morning.

 Open the drain valve and drain any water collected in the
fuel system to prevent it from freezing solid.

 Completely fill the fuel tank to prevent moisture from con-


densing inside the tank due to falling ambient temperatures.

3.5.3 After the cold weather period


When season changes and the weather becomes warmer, do as
follows:

Change the fuel. Replace the oil for all components with oil of
the specified viscosity.

For details see 5.4 “Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities”


(5-18).

3-106 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.6 Long-term storage

3.6 Long-term storage

3.6.1 Before storage


For keeping the machine in long-term storage (more than one
month), proceed as follows:

 Clean and dry all parts and store the machine indoors. If the
machine has to be stored outdoors, park it on level ground
and cover with a tarp.

 Fill the fuel tank to prevent moisture from accumulating.

 Lubricate the machine and change the oil before storage.

 Coat the exposed portion of the hydraulic cylinder rod with


grease.

 Switch off the engine. Turn the starting switch to the OFF
position.

Only switch the battery main switch off once the green pilot
lamp on the relay box has gone out.

Remove the key to the battery main switch. Keep the battery
covered in storage.

 Lock all control levers with the lock levers.

 To prevent corrosion, fill the cooling system with original


Komatsu Supercoolant (AF-NAC). Check that the mixing
ratio is 30% at least.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-107


3.6 Long-term storage Operation

3.6.2 During storage

WARNING
Risk of poisoning when engine is running indoors! Open doors
and windows before starting the engine indoors.

 During storage, always operate the machine once a month


so that the oil film renews on moving parts and on the sur-
face of components. Also charge the battery.

 Wipe off all the grease from the hydraulic cylinder rod before
operating the work equipment.

 If the machine is equipped with an air conditioner, operate it


for 3 to 5 minutes once a month to lubricate the compressor.
Have the engine run at low idle during this operation. Check
the refrigerant level twice a year.

 If the machine is equipped with a central lubrication system,


intermediate lubrication must be carried out every month.

3.6.3 After storage

NOTICE
If a machine has to be used although the monthly corrosion pro-
tection measures have not been carried out, please contact your
Komatsu distributor.

Proceed as follows before using a machine after long-term stor-


age:

 Wipe the grease from the hydraulic piston rods.

 Refill oil and grease at all lubrication points.

 When a machine is stored for a long period, moisture from


the ambient air will enter the oil. Check the oil for accumula-
tion of water before and after starting the engine. If there is
water in the oil, change the oil.

 For lubricating the machine, see chapter 5.7 “Maintenance


schedule” (5-24).

3-108 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Operation 3.7 Machines equipped with KOMTRAX

3.7 Machines equipped with KOMTRAX


KOMTRAX is a machine management system that uses wire-
less communications.

KOMTRAX is a wireless device operating at radio frequencies. It


requires approval and needs to conform to the laws of the coun-
try or territory where the machine equipped with KOMTRAX is
used. Always contact your Komatsu distributor before selling or
exporting any machine equipped with KOMTRAX.

When selling or exporting the machine, or in other cases when


your Komatsu distributor considers it necessary, it may be that
the KOMTRAX unit needs to be removed or rendered inopera-
ble.

If these precautions are not followed, neither Komatsu nor your


Komatsu distributor will be liable for any resulting problems or
losses.

3.7.1 Basic precautions

WARNING
 Never disassemble, repair, modify, or move the communica-
tions terminal, the antenna, or the cables. Non-compliance
may cause failure or fire at the KOMTRAX unit or at the
machine itself. (KOMTRAX may be installed and removed by
your Komatsu distributor.)

 Prevent cables and wires from snagging. Do not damage or


pull cables by force. Short circuits or disconnected wires
may cause failure or fire at the KOMTRAX unit or at the
machine itself.

 For anyone wearing a pacemaker, make sure that the com-


munications antenna is at least 22 cm from the pacemaker.
The radio waves may have an adverse effect on the opera-
tion of the pacemaker.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 3-109


3.7 Machines equipped with KOMTRAX Operation

NOTICE
 Even when the key in the starting switch of machine
equipped with the the KOMTRAX system is in the (OFF)
position, a small amount of electric power is consumed. If
the machine is being stored for one or more months, follow
the instructions under 3.6.1 “Before storage” (3-107).

Loss of charge can be reduced by switching off the battery


main switch. However, the functioning of KOMTRAX is also
stopped.

 Please contact your Komatsu distributor before installing a


top guard or any other attachment that covers the cab roof.

 Be careful to prevent water from spilling on the communica-


tions terminal or the wiring.

REMARK
KOMTRAX uses wireless communications, so it cannot be used
inside tunnels, underground, inside buildings, or in mountainous
areas without radio reception. Even when the machine is out-
side, it may not be usable in areas with limited radio reception or
outside the wireless communication service area.
The KOMTRAX communications terminal does not need inspec-
tion or maintenance. Consult your Komatsu distributor in case of
anomalies.

3-110 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting

4. Troubleshooting

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-1


4.1 Towing the machine Troubleshooting

4.1 Towing the machine

WARNING
Towing with a too light tractor can cause accidents! For towing
purposes, use a machine that is at least as heavy as the
machine you intend to tow.

ATTENTION
The hydrostatic drive could be damaged during the towing pro-
cess! Do not start the machine by towing it. The engine cannot
be started by towing, but the drive can be damaged.

To avoid damage to the hydrostatic drive the machine may not


be towed further than 0.1 km. The towing speed may not exceed
2 km/h.

Before you are permitted to tow a machine that is equipped with


a hydrostatic drive, you have to establish a short-circuit connec-
tion between the high-pressure side and the low-pressure side
of the variable displacement pump.

For towing purposes, use a machine that is at least as heavy as


the machine you intend to tow. Always connect the machines
with a suitable towing device.

ATTENTION
Connecting towing equipment to the wrong point on a machine
may damage the machine. Use the intended towing points for
the connection of the towing device.

On the front frame, the towing device has to be fastened to the


marked towing eye. On the rear frame, the towing device can be
fastened to the towing pin.

Before towing:

1. Set the direction selector switch to “N”.

4-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.1 Towing the machine

2. Tip up the operator's cab.

For details see 5.1.1 “Tipping up the operator's cab” (5-3).

3. Remove the protective caps from the valves.

NOTICE
Observe the types of the valves: Version A or B

1
G0070307

Version A

 Hold the valve (1) with a wrench.


3
 Loosen the lock nut (2) and screw in the threaded pin (3) 2
clockwise by means of an Allen key until it is level with the
top of the lock nut (4).

 Retighten the lock nut (2). Perform this task on both valves. 1

Version B

 Hold the valve (1) with a wrench.


2
 Loosen the lock nut (2) and screw out the threaded pin (3) 3
counter-clockwise by means of an Allen key by 2 rotations.

 Retighten the lock nut (2). Perform this task on both valves. 1

4. Tip down the operator's cab.

For details see 5.1.2 “Tipping down the operator's cab” (5-5).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-3


4.1 Towing the machine Troubleshooting

After towing:

1. Tip up the operator's cab.

For details see 5.1.1 “Tipping up the operator's cab” (5-3).

NOTICE
Observe the types of the valves: Version A or B

Version A

 Hold the valve (1) with a wrench.


3
 Loosen the lock nut (2) and screw out the threaded pin (3) 2
counter-clockwise by means of an Allen key all the way.

 Retighten the lock nut (2). Perform this task on both valves.
1

Version B

 Hold the valve (1) with a wrench.


2
 Loosen the lock nut (2) and screw the threaded pin (3) clock- 3
wise by means of an Allen key back in all the way.

 Retighten the lock nut (2). Perform this task on both valves. 1

2. Put the protective caps on the valves.

3. Tip down the operator's cab.

For details see 5.1.2 “Tipping down the operator's cab” (5-5).

NOTICE
When the engine is not running, the power steering is inactive.

4-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.1 Towing the machine

Steering the machine requires a significantly higher effort in this


case.

If lifting the rear axle of the machine with a crane lorry, the
machine can be towed over longer distances at speeds higher
than 2 km/h. However, remove the cardan shaft of the front axle
first. Furthermore, secure the articulated steering with the safety
bar as during the transport of the machine on a trailer or a rail-
way carriage.

Towing a machine with defective brakes

WARNING
If the machine to be towed has defective brakes, it may collide
with the towing machine! Always use two machines to tow a
machine with defective brakes. Connect the three machines with
appropriate towing devices.

If you intend to tow a machine with defective brakes or the


machine has to be towed downhill, you need two machines for
the towing process.

Connect the machine to be towed to a larger machine that has


sufficient traction power and braking power. Connect a second
machine to the end of the machine to be towed. This avoids that
the machine to be towed gets out of control.

The towing process can be performed under various circum-


stances, so that it is not possible to define the necessary
requirements in advance.

Towing on even, level surfaces requires a low traction power


while towing on slopes and on uneven surface requires high
traction power.

Contact your Komatsu distributor for further information on tow-


ing a machine.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-5


4.2 Starting the engine with booster cables Troubleshooting

4.2 Starting the engine with booster cables


To start the engine with booster cables, proceed as follows:

Precautions for connecting and disconnecting the booster


cables

WARNING
 Never touch the positive (+) terminal with the negative (-) ter-
WRONG
minal when connecting the cables.

 Always wear protective goggles when starting the engine


with booster cables.

 Ensure that the operational and the defective machine are


not touching each another. This avoids spark formation near
the battery that can ignite the escaping hydrogen gas and
lead to severe injuries or damages.

 Ensure that no errors occur during the connection of the


jumper cables. The last connection is made to the engine
block of the defective machine; spark formation occurs here.
Therefore perform the connection at a spot that is as far
away as possible from the battery.

 Be careful when disconnecting the cable from the started


machine. Ensure that the cable ends do not come in contact
with one another or the machine to avoid a hydrogen explo-
sion.

NOTICE
 The cross section of the jumper cable and the cable termi-
nals have to be selected according to the battery size.

 The batteries of the operational and defective machine must


have the same capacity.

 Inspect the cables and cable terminals for damages or corro-


sion.

 Ensure that the cables and cable terminals are securely fas-
tened.

 When connecting a machine to another machine in order to


start it using booster cables, only switch off the battery main
switch once the pilot lamp on the relay box has gone out in
order to prevent damage to the machine's electrical sys-
tems. Remove the key to the battery main switch.

4-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.2 Starting the engine with booster cables

Connection of the booster cable

Before connecting two machines with booster cables:


A
 Turn the starting switch of the faulty machine to the OFF 2 1
position.

 Only switch the battery main switch of the faulty machine (S)
off once the green pilot lamp on the relay box has gone 3
out. battery battery
loaded B discharged
 Switch the starting switch of the functioning machine off.
4
Frame of the
Connect the booster cable as follows in the sequence of the discharged battery GK100876A
numbers in the illustration.

1. Connect a terminal of the booster cable (A) to the positive


terminal (+) of the defective machine.

2. Connect the other terminal of the booster cable (A) to the


positive terminal (+) of the operational machine.

3. Connect a terminal of the booster cable (B) to the negative


terminal (-) of the operational machine.

4. Turn on the battery main switch (S) of the defective machine.


Finally connect the other terminal of the booster cable (B) to
the frame of the defective vehicle.

5. Let the engine run at high speed.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-7


4.2 Starting the engine with booster cables Troubleshooting

Starting the engine

ATTENTION
Ensure that the cable terminals are securely fastened to the bat-
tery terminals.

1. Turn the starting switch of the defective machine to START


and start the engine. If the engine does not start during the
first attempt, wait at least two minutes until repeating the
process.

Disconnecting the booster cables

When the engine has started, remove the booster cables in the
opposite order of connecting. A
3 4
1. Disconnect the terminals of the booster cable (B) from the
frame of the defective machine.

2. Disconnect the other terminal of the booster cable (B) from 2


the negative terminal (-) of the operational machine. battery battery
loaded discharged
3. Disconnect the terminal of the booster cable (A) from the B
positive terminal (+) of the operational machine. 1
Frame of the
discharged battery GK100876A
4. Disconnect the other terminal of the booster cable (A) from
the positive terminal (+) of the defective machine.

4-8 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.3 In case of insufficient brake power

4.3 In case of insufficient brake power

4.3.1 Checking the service brake


Drive the machine at a speed of 20 km/h on an even and dry
road, and check if the braking distance is less than 5 m.

NOTICE
All repairs of the brake system have to be performed by a
Komatsu distributor.

4.3.2 Checking the parking brake


1. Start the engine, align the machine forward and drive the
machine up a 25% slope with an empty bucket. 1

2. Stop the machine with the service brake and hold the service
brake.

3. Lower the work equipment (carrying position).

4. Set the direction selector switch (1) into the neutral position
“N”.

5. Turn off the engine.

6. Engage the parking brake (2) and slowly release the brake
pedal. 2 1
The machine must remain steady.

NOTICE
All repairs of the brake system have to be performed by a
Komatsu workshop.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-9


4.4 Emergency steering properties Troubleshooting

4.4 Emergency steering properties


If the engine fails while you are driving, you can still steer the
machine. However, you need to manually apply more power.

In case of engine failure, immediately drive to the side of the


road, switch on the warning lights and secure the machine.

4-10 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.5 Emergency lowering

4.5 Emergency lowering


When the engine is not running, the work equipment can still be
lowered with the multi-function lever (emergency lowering).

If the hose break safety device is installed, the machine is


equipped with a pressure accumulator, so that the work unit can
be lowered by means of the multi-function lever when the diesel
engine is off.

NOTICE
If you have locked the work hydraulics (multi-function lever) by
means of the lock lever, you cannot lower the work unit.

G0070233_2

1. Make sure that no one is standing under the machine.

2. Push the multi-function lever slowly to the position “S”.

The work equipment is lowered.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-11


4.6 Other troubles Troubleshooting

4.6 Other troubles

4.6.1 Electrical system


If errors or causes of errors occur that are not listed here, have
the repair performed by your Komatsu distributor.

ELECTRIC SYSTEM

Fault Cause Remedy

Battery charge circuit caution lamp:


The battery charge circuit caution lamp
does not light up after the engine has Electrical connection is not Check loose terminals, disconnec-
been switched off and the starting functioning tions and cables *)
switch has been set to the operating
position, 'ON'

Electrical connection is not Check loose terminals, disconnec-


functioning tions and cables *)
Battery charge circuit caution lamp:
The battery charge circuit caution lamp Check the function of the alternator;
Alternator is not functioning
does not go out when the engine is replace defective alternator *)
running
Drive belts of the alternator
Tension drive belt
are not tensioned properly

Alternator creates abnormal noises Defective alternator Replace alternator

Electrical connection is not Check loose terminals, disconnec-


functioning tions and cables *)

Battery main switch is in OFF Turn the starting switch to the 'B' (ON)
position position.
Starter motor does not turn
Charge battery
Insufficient battery charge
Check the function of the battery;
replace the battery if it is defective *)

Pinion of starter motor repeatedly Insufficient battery charge Charge battery


shifts in and out Defective starter motor Replace starter motor *)

Insufficient battery charge Charge battery


Starter motor turns engine sluggishly
Defective starter motor Replace starter motor *)

Starter motor disengages before Insufficient battery charge Charge battery


engine starts Defective starter motor Replace starter motor *)

*) These tasks should be performed by the distributor.

4-12 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.6 Other troubles

4.6.2 Engine
If errors or causes of errors occur that are not listed here, have
the repair performed by your Komatsu distributor.

ENGINE

Fault Cause Remedy

Oil level in the engine is too low Add engine oil

Engine oil filter (filter cartridge) Replace engine oil filter (filter car-
clogged tridge)

Check lines and hoses (visual inspec-


Lines or hoses of the engine
Engine oil pressure caution lamp: tion: discharge of oil)
lubrication damaged
The engine oil pressure caution Replace defective lines and hoses *)
lamp lights up and the acoustic
warning signal sounds while the Check line and hose connections (vis-
engine is running Line or hose connections of the ual inspection: discharge of oil)
engine lubrication defective Repair leaky line and hose connec-
tions *)

Check the function of the oil pressure


Oil pressure switch is not func-
switch; replace defective oil pressure
tioning
switch *)

Pressure is escaping from the pres- Coolant level in the radiator too Add coolant (observe the correct mix-
sure valve of the radiator cap low ing ratio)

Check lines and hoses (visual inspec-


Coolant level too low Coolant system leaky tion: discharge of coolant)
Replace defective lines and hoses *)

Let the engine run in idle speed with-


out load until the engine has cooled
Engine overheated
down and the coolant temperature
gauge is in the green range

Drive belts of the water pump are


Tension drive belt
not tensioned properly
The background of the temperature Inside of coolant system calcified
display lights up in red and the Clean inside of cooling system *)
or clogged
acoustic warning signal sounds.
Radiator (cooling surfaces, fins) Clean the radiator (cooling surfaces,
is dirty fins)

Check the function of the thermostat;


Thermostat is not functioning
replace defective thermostat *)

Replace defective radiator cap; fasten


Radiator cap defective or loose
loose radiator cap

No contact to the temperature


On the temperature display, the two Check the contacts or replace the
sensor, or the temperature sen-
LCD bars on the right are lit temperature sensor *)
sor is defective

Coolant temperature gauge:


Check the function of the coolant tem-
The coolant temperature gauge Coolant temperature gauge is
perature gauge; replace defective
does not show a temperature with not functioning
coolant temperature gauge *)
the engine warm in operation

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-13


4.6 Other troubles Troubleshooting

ENGINE (continued)

Fault Cause Remedy

Fuel tank empty Add fuel and bleed the fuel system

Air in the fuel system Bleed the fuel system

Injection pump or injection noz- Replace injection pump or injection


Engine does not start
zle is not functioning nozzle *)

Starter motor speed too low See “Electrical system”

Engine compression too low Check valve clearance *)

Oil level in the engine is too high Correct the oil level
Exhaust has a white or blue colour
Wrong fuel Use prescribed fuel

Clean or replace air cleaner filter


Air cleaner filter insert clogged
insert
Exhaust coloured black intermit-
tently Injection nozzle defective Replace injection nozzles *)

Engine compression too low Check valve clearance *)

Combustion sounds like breathing


Injection nozzles defective Replace injection nozzles *)
intermittently

Wrong fuel Use prescribed fuel

Let engine cool down


Engine temperature too high
Abnormal combustion noises See “Engine – Coolant temperature
(Engine overheated)
gauge”

Muffler defective Replace muffler *)

Abnormal mechanical noises Valve clearance too large Adjust the valve clearance *)

The engine will not start or switches Clean the fuel prefilter or replace the
Fuel filter or fuel prefilter blocked
off during operation fuel filter

The engine does not start or goes


out during operation and the back-
Fuel tank empty Add fuel and bleed the fuel system
ground of the fuel display lights up
in red

Air cleaner caution lamp:


Filter insert of the air cleaner Clean or replace the air cleaner filter
The air cleaner caution lamp lights
clogged insert
up while the engine is running

*) These tasks should be performed by the distributor.

4-14 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.6 Other troubles

4.6.3 Hydraulic system


If errors or causes of errors occur that are not listed here, have
the repair performed by your Komatsu distributor.

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE UNIT

Fault Cause Remedy

Parking brake is engaged Disengage the parking brake

Switch direction selector switch in


Direction selector switch in “N” Pos.
“F” or “R” position
Machine does not drive Direction selector switch is not func- Check the function of the direction
tioning selector switch *)

Oil level in the hydraulic tank is too


Fill up hydraulic oil.
low

The hydrostatic engine is not work-


ing properly Check the system *)
Hydrostatic engine is defective Replace the hydrostatic engine*)

Check the forward/reverse valve*)


Forward/reverse valve is defective Replace the defective forward/
reverse valve *)

Check the function of the switch


Switch relay is not functioning. relay; repair or replace a defective
switch relay *)

Check the function of the control


Control valve of the pump is not
valve; replace the control valve if it
functioning.
is defective *)

Hydrostatic pump is defective. Replace the hydrostatic pump *)

Machine only travels very slowly Required pilot pressure not reached Check the pilot pressure, adjust if
and is not operating at full power necessary *)
Required charge pressure not Check the supply pressure, adjust if
reached necessary *)
Check the high pressure, adjust if
Required high pressure not reached necessary *)
Check the high pressure valve,
adjust if necessary *)
Check the pressure separation,
adjust if necessary *)
Check the pilot device, adjust if nec-
essary *)

Inch valve defective or incorrectly Check the setting of the inch


set valve *)
Replace the defective inch valve *)

Replace the filter element of the


Hydraulic filter clogged
hydraulic filter

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-15


4.6 Other troubles Troubleshooting

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE UNIT (continued)

Fault Cause Remedy

Check the supply pressure *)


Purge valve is not working properly
Repair and inspect the purge
(purge quantity too low)
valve *)

Hydraulic oil cooler (cooling sur- Clean the hydraulic oil cooler
faces, fins) is dirty (cooling surfaces, fins)

Hydrostatic drive unit overheated The fan is not working properly Check the fan drive *)

Hydraulic filter is clogged (intake


Replace the filter element of the
quantity too small for the charge
hydraulic filter
pump)

The oil level in the hydraulic tank is Correct the oil level in the hydraulic
too low or too high tank

Oil level in the hydraulic tank is too


Fill up hydraulic oil
low
Abnormal noises Air trapped in lines and units of the
hydraulic system (incorrect bleed- Bleed the hydraulic system *)
ing)

*) These tasks should be performed by the distributor.

WORK EQUIPMENT

Fault Cause Remedy

Hydraulic pump is defective Repair the hydraulic pump*)


Lifting power too low Directional valve (DBV) is defective Check and adjust the DBV *)
Cylinder is defective (leaks inside) Repair the cylinder *)

Rpm of diesel engine too low Adjust speed *)


Hydraulic pump is defective Repair the hydraulic pump*)
Priority valve defective Repair the priority valve *)
Directional valve or pilot control Repair the valves *)
Lifting speed too slow
valve defective
Cylinder is defective (leaks inside) Repair the cylinder *)
Required charge pressure not
reached Adjust the supply pressure *)

Refill with the prescribed hydraulic


Wrong hydraulic oil quality
oil
Air bubbles in the hydraulic oil
Oil level in the hydraulic oil tank is
Fill up hydraulic oil
too low

Oil level in the hydraulic oil tank is Fill up hydraulic oil


too low
Hydraulic pump is defective Check the hydraulic pump; replace
if necessary *)
Cylinder movements are jerky.
Priority valve defective Check the priority valve; replace if
necessary *)
Directional valve defective Check the directional valve;
replace if necessary *)

*) These tasks should be performed by the distributor.

4-16 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Troubleshooting 4.6 Other troubles

4.6.4 Brakes
If errors or causes of errors occur that are not listed here, have
the repair performed by your Komatsu distributor.

BRAKES

Fault Cause Remedy

Brake lining worn out Replace brake pads *)


Brake without effect Brake disc worn out Replace brake disc *)

Air in the brake system Bleed the brake system *)

Add brake oil


Brake oil level caution lamp: Check brake system for damages
Brake oil level in the brake oil con-
Brake oil level caution lamp goes and leakages
tainer too low
on (visual inspection: discharge of
brake oil)

PARKING BRAKE

Fault Cause Remedy

Tolerance of the brake lever of the


Adjust parking brake *)
parking brake is too high
Brake without effect
Brake lining worn out Replace brake pads *)
Brake discs worn out Replace brake discs *)

*) These tasks should be performed by the distributor.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 4-17


4.6 Other troubles Troubleshooting

4.6.5 Steering
If errors or causes of errors occur that are not listed here, have
the repair performed by your Komatsu distributor.

STEERING

Fault Cause Remedy

Hydraulic system is not working Check the function of the hydraulic


Steering reacts sluggish
properly system *)

Check the mounting points of the


Tolerance of the steering cylinder
steering cylinder; replace defective
bolt is too large
Steering swivels steering cylinder bolts *)

Hydraulic system is not working Check the function of the hydraulic


properly system *)

*) These tasks should be performed by the distributor.

4.6.6 Axles
If errors or causes of errors occur that are not listed here, have
the repair performed by your Komatsu distributor.

AXLES

Fault Cause Remedy

Noises Oil level in the axle is too low Add oil

*) These tasks should be performed by the distributor.

4.6.7 Operator's cab


If errors or causes of errors occur that are not listed here, have
the repair performed by your Komatsu distributor.

OPERATOR'S CAB

Fault Cause Remedy

Blower: Air flow rate low Blower filter clogged Clean or replace the filter

4-18 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Maintenance

5. Maintenance

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-1


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

5.1 Maintenance guide


Only qualified personnel may perform maintenance.

For details see 2.4 “Precautions for maintenance” (2-34).

Park the machine on solid, level ground before performing main-


tenance.

Always position the machine as specified for maintenance and


repairs.

Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the machine must be posi-


tioned as follows:

 Lower the work equipment to the ground.

 Set the multi-function lever to the '0' position, HOLD.

 Engage the work equipment lock lever.

 Apply the parking brake.

 Secure the articulated steering with the locking bolt.

 Block the wheels with wheel chocks.

G0070233_2

5-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

5.1.1 Tipping up the operator's cab


1. Park the machine on solid, level ground.

2. Lower the work equipment to the ground and switch off the
engine.

3. Close the cab door.

4. Secure the articulated steering with the locking bolt.

For details see “Securing the articulated steering” (2-37).

NOTICE
The machine has to be positioned as for driving in a straight line,
and the articulated steering has to be secured with the locking
bolt! If the operator's cab is tipped up while the machine is bent,
the front frame may damage the windscreen!

5. Open the bonnet.

6. Remove locking pins (1) and loosen the retaining screws (2)
for the cab on both sides.
2

7. Take the hand pump lever from its holder on the radiator (3)
and insert it into the receptacle of the pump (4). 3

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-3


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

8. Set the lever at the pump to “pump up” and pump the cab
upward until it reaches the limit stop.

G0070267

9. Fold out the safety rod on the right side over the retaining
pin.

10. Set the lever at the pump to “pump down” and pump the cab
downward until the safety rod is secure against the right side
of the cab floor.

G0070278

11. Remove the lever from the pump.

5-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

5.1.2 Tipping down the operator's cab


1. Stick the lever into the pump. Set the lever at the pump to
“pump up” and pump the cab upward until it reaches the limit
stop.

G0070267

2. Fold in the safety rod on the right side and secure it in the
folded position (arrow).

3. Set the lever to “pump down” and pump the cab downward
until the cylinder is entirely retracted (the resistance at the
lever increases markedly).

G0070278

4. Remove the lever from the pump and fasten it to the radiator.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-5


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

5. Lubricate the bolt (2) with copper paste.

6. Insert and tighten the retaining screws (2) for the cab (1 left, 2
1 right). Secure the screws with the retaining pins (1).

Torque = 500 Nm. 1

7. Close the bonnet.

Checking the service meter

Check the service meter reading every day to see if there is


maintenance work to be carried out.

Komatsu genuine replacement parts:

Use Komatsu genuine parts specified as replacement parts in


the Parts Book. In order to ensure safe assembly and operation
of the machine, it is recommended that you use Komatsu genu-
ine parts.

Komatsu genuine oils:

Use Komatsu genuine oils and grease. Choose oils and grease
with proper viscosities specified for ambient temperature.

Always use clean washer fluid:

Use ethanol-based window washer fluid and ensure it is not con-


taminated by dirt.

Always use clean oils and greases:

Use clean oils and lubricants. Also, keep the oil and lubricant
reservoirs clean. Prevent contamination of oils and greases by
foreign materials.

Checking for foreign materials in drained oil and in filters:

After changing the oil and filter, check the drained oil and the fil-
ters for metal particles and foreign materials. If large quantities
of metal particles or foreign materials are found, always report to
the person in charge and perform the necessary measures.

Fuel strainer:

Do not remove the strainer from the filler neck when refilling the
fuel tank.

5-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

Welding instructions:

 Before beginning welding, proceed as follows:

 Turn the starting switch to the OFF position.

 Only switch the battery main switch off once the green
pilot lamp on the relay box has gone out.

 Remove the key to the battery main switch.

 Do not apply a continuous voltage of more than 200 V.

 Connect the earthing wire at a maximum distance of 1 m to


the weld area.

There must not be any gaskets or bearings between the


weld area and the earthing point.

Never weld lines or pipes containing fuel or oil.

Do not drop objects into the machine:

 When opening inspection windows or filler necks, be careful


not to drop screws, nuts, or tools into the machine.

If such objects are dropped into the machine, they will dam-
age the machine and cause malfunctions leading to machine
failure. If you drop anything inside the machine, always
remove it immediately.

 Do not carry unnecessary objects in your pockets. Carry


only the things that are necessary for the inspection.

Dusty worksites:

Proceed as follows when working in dusty environments:

 Frequently check the air cleaner caution lamp for clogging of


the air cleaner.

Clean the air cleaner more frequently.

 Periodically clean the cooler block to prevent clogging.

 Periodically clean and replace the fuel filter.

 Clean electrical components, especially the starter motor


and alternator, to prevent accumulation of dust.

 When inspecting or changing the oil, move the machine to a


place that is free of dust to prevent oil contamination.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-7


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

Do not mix oils:

If oil of a different brand or grade needs to be used, completely


drain the oil and replace it with oil of the new brand or grade. Do
not mix oils of different brands or grades.

Bleeding air from the hydraulic circuit:

After repairing or replacing parts or lines of the hydraulic circuit it


is necessary to bleed the air from the circuit.

Precautions when installing hydraulic hoses:

 When removing parts with sealing rings or o-rings, clean the


surface and replace the rings or seals with new parts.

Be careful not to forget to install the o-rings and seals.

 When installing the hoses, do not twist them or bend them


into loops with a small radius.

This will cause damage to the hose and markedly reduce its
service life.

5-8 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.1 Maintenance guide
Maintenance

Checks after inspection and maintenance:

Neglecting to perform these checks after inspection and mainte-


nance may cause unexpected problems resulting in serious
injury or property damage. Always proceed as follows:

 Checks after operation (with engine off)

 Were any inspection and maintenance points forgotten?

 Were all inspection and maintenance items carried out


correctly?

 Were any tools or parts dropped into the machine? It is


very dangerous if parts are dropped inside the machine
and become caught in the lever linkage.

 Is there any leakage of water or oil? Have all the bolts


been tightened?

 Checks with the engine running:

If a maintenance task must be carried out with the engine


running, perform the task with at least two workers and pro-
ceed as follows:

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Lower the work


equipment to the ground.

 One worker must always sit in the operator's seat and be


ready to stop the engine at any time. The workers must
always maintain contact with each other.

 Engage the work equipment lock lever.

 Do not touch the control levers.

 If any control lever must be operated, give a signal to the


other workers to warn them to move to a safe place.

 Increase the engine speed to check for fuel and oil leak-
age.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-9


5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines
Maintenance

5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines


 Always use Komatsu genuine parts, grease, and oil.

 When changing the oil or adding oil, do not mix different


types of oil. When changing the type of oil, drain the oil com-
pletely and refill the system with the new oil. Also be sure to
replace the oil filter. (There is no problem if the small amount
of oil remaining in the piping mixes with the new oil.)

 Unless specifically required otherwise, the machine is deliv-


ered with fuel, coolant, and lubricants as shown in the table
below.

Component Type

Engine oil pan EO15W40DH engine oil (Komatsu genuine parts)

Transmission case Shell Spirax S4 TXM

Shell Tellus S2 M46 hydraulic oil (Komatsu genuine parts)


Serial numbers from H62051 to H62383
Hydraulic system
Engine oil EO10W30-DH (Komatsu genuine parts)
Serial numbers from H62384

Axles Shell Spirax S4 TXM

Cooling system Supercoolant AF-NAC (density: 50%) (Komatsu genuine parts)

Tank window washer system Ethanol-based (only use ethanol-based)

5-10 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines
Maintenance

5.2.1 Fuel, coolant and lubricant specifications

Oil
 Oil is used in the engine and in the work equipment under
extremely severe conditions (high temperature, high pres-
sure) and deteriorates with use.

Always use oil that matches the grade and temperature


range specified in the Operation and Maintenance Manual.

Even if the oil is not contaminated, it needs to be changed


after the specified interval.

 Oil in a machine corresponds to the blood in a human body.


Handle it carefully to prevent contamination (water, metal
particles, dirt, etc.).

The majority of problems with machines are caused by such


impurities.

Take particular care to prevent contamination during storage


or when refilling.

 Never mix oils of different grades or brands.

 Always add the specified amount of oil.

Both too much and too little oil may cause problems.

 If the oil in the work equipment is not clear, there is probably


water or air entering the circuit. In such cases, please con-
sult your Komatsu distributor for information.

 When changing the oil, always replace the related filters at


the same time.

 We recommend having the oil analysed periodically to check


the condition of the machine. For those who wish to use this
service, please contact your Komatsu distributor.

 When using commercially available oil, it may be necessary


to reduce the oil change interval.

 We recommend using the Komatsu oil clinic for a detailed


check of the oil characteristics.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-11


5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines
Maintenance

Fuel
 The fuel pump is a precision instrument. It does not work
properly if the fuel contains water or dirt.

 Be careful to prevent fuel contamination during storage or


when refilling.

 Always use the fuel specified in the Operation and Mainte-


nance Manual.

If the fuel is used at temperatures lower than the specified


temperature (particularly at temperatures below -15 °C), the
fuel will solidify.

If the fuel is used at temperatures higher than the specified


temperature, its viscosity will decrease. This may cause a
loss of output performance.

 To prevent the moisture in the air from condensing and form-


ing water inside the fuel tank, always fill the fuel tank after
completing the day's work.

 Before starting the engine, or when 10 minutes have passed


after adding fuel, drain the sediment and water from the fuel
tank.

 If the engine runs out of fuel, or after the filters have been
replaced, it is necessary to bleed the air from the circuit.

 If there is any foreign material in the fuel tank, flush the tank
and the fuel system.

NOTICE
Exclusively use diesel fuel. Never use any other fuel. Using low-
viscosity fuel with poor lubricating characteristics will cause a
marked reduction in the durability of the engine.

5-12 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines
Maintenance

Coolant
 The coolant has the important function of preventing corro-
sion and freezing.

 Komatsu machines are shipped with Komatsu Supercoolant


(AF-NAC). Komatsu Supercoolant (AF-NAC) has excellent
anti-corrosive, antifreeze and cooling properties and can be
used continuously for 2 years or 4000 hours.

 We recommend using Komatsu genuine Supercoolant (AF-


NAC) exclusively. Using any other coolant may cause seri-
ous damage such as corrosion of the engine or of cooling
system components that use light metals like aluminium.

 When using Komatsu Supercoolant (AF-NAC) there is no


need to use anti-corrosive.

For details see “Cooling system – change coolant and clean


cooling system” (5-67).

 Use distilled water or tap water (soft water) for diluting the
antifreeze coolant.

 Natural water, such as a river water or well water (hard


water), contains large amounts of minerals (calcium, magne-
sium, etc.). This accelerates the formation of scale inside the
engine or the radiator. Once present, scale is very difficult to
remove. It also causes overheating due to poor heat
exchange. We recommend using water with an overall hard-
ness of less than 100 ppm to dilute the coolant.

 When using antifreeze, always observe the precautions


given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual.

 Antifreeze is flammable, so be extremely careful not to


expose it to flame or fire.

 The ratio of Supercoolant (AF-NAC) to water varies accord-


ing to the ambient temperature.

 Even in areas where no freezing temperatures occur, use


Supercoolant (AF-NAC) in a mixing ratio of at least 30% to
prevent corrosion of the cooling system.

 Supercoolant (AF-NAC) may be supplied already mixed. In


this case, do not dilute with water.

 If the engine overheats, wait for the engine to cool before


adding coolant.

 A low coolant level causes overheating and corrosion due to


air in the coolant.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-13


5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines
Maintenance

Grease
 Grease is used to prevent wear and noise at the joints.

 This construction machine is used under heavy-duty condi-


tions. Always use the recommended grease and follow the
change intervals and ambient temperature recommenda-
tions given in this Operation and Maintenance Manual.

 The nipples not included in the maintenance section are only


used in repairs and do not need to be greased.

When using the machine after it has been in storage for a


long time, carry out greasing if there is any stiffness or
screeching.

 Always wipe off all of the old grease that is pushed out when
greasing.

Be particularly careful to wipe off the old grease in places


where sand or dirt sticking in the grease would cause wear
of the rotating parts.

Storing oil and fuel


 Keep indoors to prevent contamination with water, dirt, or
other foreign materials.

 When storing drum cans for a long period, put the drum on
its side so that the filler port of the drum can is at the side to
prevent moisture from being sucked in.

If drum cans have to be stored outdoors, cover them with a


waterproof sheet or take other protective measures.

 To prevent deterioration of the quality during storage, be


sure to use fuels and lubricants in the order of first in – first
out (use the oldest oil or fuel first).

5-14 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines
Maintenance

Filters
 Filters are extremely important safety components. They
prevent impurities in the fuel and air circuits from entering
important equipment and causing problems.

R e p l a c e a l l f i l t e r s p e r i o d i c a l l y. F o r d e t a i l s s e e
5.7 “Maintenance schedule” (5-24).

However, when working in rough conditions, replace the fil-


ters at shorter intervals according to the oil and fuel (sulphur
content) being used.

 Never try to clean filters (cartridge type) and use them again.
Always replace with new filters.

 When replacing oil filters, check if the old filter contains any
metal particles. If any metal particles are found, please con-
tact your Komatsu distributor.

 Do not open packs of spare filters until just before they are to
be used.

 Always use Komatsu genuine filters.

Biodegradable hydraulic oil and lubricants


The use of biodegradable hydraulic oils and lubricants based on
synthetic esters with Komatsu machines is permitted. For infor-
mation on products cleared for use and best suited for your
application, please contact your Komatsu distributor.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-15


5.2 Basic maintenance guidelines
Maintenance

5.2.2 Outlines of the electrical system


 It is extremely dangerous if the electrical equipment
becomes wet or the covering of the wiring is damaged. This
will cause an electrical short circuit and may lead to malfunc-
tions of the machine. Do not wash the inside of the opera-
tor's cab with water. When washing the machine, be careful
not to let any water enter the electrical components.

 The maintenance of the electrical system involves checking


fan belt tension, checking the fan belt for damage or wear,
and checking the battery fluid level.

 Never install any electric components other than those spec-


ified by Komatsu.

 External electro-magnetic interference may cause a mal-


function of the system controller. Please contact your
Komatsu distributor before installing a radio receiver or other
wireless equipment.

 When working close to the sea, carefully clean the electrical


system to prevent corrosion.

 Never connect an external power source to the fuses, the


starting switch, or the battery relay.

5-16 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.3 Wear parts list
Maintenance

5.3 Wear parts list


Replace wear parts such as the filter insert or the air cleaner
insert during periodic maintenance, before they reach the wear
limit. Replace wear parts correctly to ensure the efficient use of
the machine. When replacing parts, always use Komatsu genu-
ine parts.

As a result of our continuous efforts to improve product quality,


part numbers may change. Inform your Komatsu distributor of
the machine serial number and check for the latest part number
when ordering parts.

5.3.1 Wear parts list


The parts in parentheses need to be replaced at the same time.

*: Order numbers for the parts: See the Parts Book (Komatsu).

Item Part no. Part name Quantity Replacement interval

(Option)
Additional water
* Filter insert 1 When required
separator (Fuel
prefilter)

Filter insert 1
Air cleaner * When required
Safety filter 1

Filter insert 1
Hydraulic oil filter * (O-ring) (1) Initial maintenance after 50 service hours
(O-ring) (1)

Engine: Gasket 1
* Initial maintenance after 250 service hours
Valve cover O-ring 3

Engine oil filter * Cartridge 1 Maintenance every 500 service hours

Fuel filter * Cartridge 1 Maintenance every 500 service hours

Filter insert 1
Hydraulic oil filter * (O-ring) (1) Maintenance every 1000 service hours
(O-ring) (1)

Engine: Gasket 1
* Maintenance every 2000 service hours
Valve cover O-ring 3

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-17


5.4 Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities
Maintenance

5.4 Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities

5.4.1 Lubrication table

G0070230

Lubricate with grease (G) Change filter

Check/change oil (EO)

The maintenance schedule in the Operation and Maintenance


Manual is binding, see 5.7 “Maintenance schedule” (5-24).

5-18 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.4 Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities
Maintenance

Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities

Fuel, lubricants, Temperature Viscosity


BI abbreviations Quality classifications
and coolants ranges classifications
Engine oil EO EO15W40-DH API CH-4 or -15 °C to 45 °C SAE 15W-40 1)
Engine
(Komatsu genuine parts) EO10W30-DH API CI-4 -20 °C to 30 °C SAE 10W-30
AGIP ROTRA MULTI THT API-GL4 SAE 80
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 56 API-GL4 SAE 80
MOBILFLUID 424 API-GL4 SAE 80
Transfer case GO 80 –
MOBILLUBE D LS 80W-90 API GL-5 SAE 80W-90
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 62 API-GL4 SAE 10W-30
SHELL SPIRAX S4 TXM API-GL4 SAE 10W-30 1)
AGIP ROTRA MULTI THT API-GL4 SAE 80
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 56 API-GL4 SAE 80
MOBILFLUID 424 API-GL4 SAE 80
Front axle GO 80 –
MOBILLUBE D LS 80W-90 API GL-5 SAE 80W-90
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 62 API-GL4 SAE 10W-30
SHELL SPIRAX S4 TXM API-GL4 SAE 10W-30 1)
AGIP ROTRA MULTI THT API-GL4 SAE 80
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 56 API-GL4 SAE 80
MOBILFLUID 424 API-GL4 SAE 80
Rear axle GO 80 –
MOBILLUBE D LS 80W-90 API GL-5 SAE 80W-90
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 62 API-GL4 SAE 10W-30
SHELL SPIRAX S4 TXM API-GL4 SAE 10W-30 1)
Komatsu
Hydraulic oil HYD – -20 °C to 50 °C ISO VG 46
HO46-HM
Komatsu -20 °C to 50 °C
Power train oil –
Hydraulic system, TO10
Steering Engine oil EO EO15W40-DH API CH-4 or -15 °C to 45 °C SAE 15W-40
(Komatsu genuine parts) EO10W30-DH API CI-4 -20 °C to 30 °C SAE 10W-30 1)
HEES (acc. to VDMA fluid
or BIO-E-HYD hydraulic oil BIO-E-HYD 0530 -15 °C to 20 °C ISO VG 46
technology)

Service brake AGIP LHM Super HYD – – –

Cooling system Antifreeze and anti-corrosive AF-NAC Komatsu Supercoolant 1)


(Note 1)
CFPP Class B to 0 °C
CFPP Class D to -10 °C
Fuel tank Diesel fuel 2) CFPP Class E
DIN-EN 590
to -15 °C

CFPP Class F to -20 °C
Grease nipple Multi-purpose lithium grease MPG-A KP 2N-20 – NLGI 2
Refrigerant NRS R134a (FCKW-free)
Air conditioner – –
Refrigerator oil NRS PAG (Polyalkyleneglycol)
The specified filling quanitites are for guidance only; the information on the inspection gauges is binding. Select the viscosity class according
to the long-term ambient temperature. The upper and lower temperature limits are guidelines; exceeding for a short time is permissible.
1) Factory filling
2) If using fuels with a sulphur content between 0.5 to 1.0 %, reduce the engine oil change intervals by half.

Note 1: Supercoolant (AF-NAC)

For details see “Coolant” (5-13).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-19


5.4 Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities
Maintenance

Tank capacity Specification (litres) Refill amount

Engine oil pan 7.5 7

Transmission 1.3

Hydraulic system 50

Front and rear axles (per axle)

Planetary gear: 2× 0.7

Differential: 7.0

Brakes 1.2

Cooling system 9.1

Fuel tank 123

Air conditioner 1200 g

5-20 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.4 Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities
Maintenance

5.4.2 Recommended brands, recommended quality for products other


than Komatsu genuine oil
Please contact your Komatsu distributor when using commer-
cially available oils other than Komatsu genuine oil.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-21


5.5 Tools
Maintenance

5.5 Tools

5.5.1 List of required tools

No. Tool name Part no. Comment

Spanner widths
42T-09-H0450 8/10 mm
Double-ended ring span-
1 42T-09-H0460 13/15 mm
ner kit
42T-09-H0470 17/19 mm
42T-09-H0440 24/27 mm

2 Screwdriver 421-98-H1120 –

3 Screwdriver 421-98-H1110 –

6 Grease pump 424-98-H1010 –

7 Hose 424-98-H1020 Grease pump hose

8 Grease cartridge 07950-90403 Lithium grease: 400 g

9 Hammer 421-98-H1140 –

10 Bag 421-98-H1130 –

Re-order damaged parts from your Komatsu distributor.

5-22 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.6 Periodic replacement of safety-critical parts
Maintenance

5.6 Periodic replacement of safety-critical parts


To ensure safety at all times when operating or driving the
machine, the user of the machine must carry out periodic main-
tenance. In addition, to further improve safety, the parts in the list
of safety-critical parts on the next page must also be replaced at
the specified intervals. These parts are particularly important for
safety and fire prevention. Please contact your Komatsu distrib-
utor to have them replaced.

The material quality of these parts can change as time passes,


and they are likely to wear out or deteriorate. However, it is diffi-
cult to determine the extent of wear or deterioration during peri-
odic maintenance. Hence it is required to replace these parts
regardless of their condition after a certain period of usage. This
is important to ensure that these parts maintain their full perfor-
mance at all times.

Furthermore, should anything abnormal be found on any of


these parts, replace it with a new one even if the replacement
interval for the part has not yet expired.

If any of the hose clamps show deterioration like warping or


cracks, replace the clamps with the hoses.

Also perform the following checks on those hydraulic hoses that


do not need to be replaced periodically. Tighten loose clamps
and replace defective hoses as required.

When replacing the hoses, always replace the o-rings, gaskets,


and similar parts at the same time.

Contact your Komatsu distributor for the replacement of safety-


critical parts.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-23


5.7 Maintenance schedule
Maintenance

5.7 Maintenance schedule

Maintenance procedure see page

5.8.1 Checks before starting the engine 5-26


5.8.2 When required 5-27
Additional water separator (Fuel prefilter) – change filter insert 5-27
Checking the air conditioner 5-28
Checking the window washer fluid level – adding fluid 5-30
Battery – charging the built-in battery 5-30
Cleaning the air grille 5-31
Cleaning the radiator fins 5-31
Air cleaner – check, clean the filter insert 5-32
Changing the filter insert of the air cleaner, changing the safety filter 5-36
5.8.3 Maintenance after the first 50 service hours 5-37
Hydraulic system – change filter insert 5-37
Wheel nuts – check and retighten 5-37
Lubrication – rear axle 5-38
5.8.4 Maintenance after the first 250 service hours 5-39
Valve clearance – check and adjust 5-39
5.8.5 Maintenance after the first 500 service hours 5-39
Front and rear axle – change oil 5-39
Transfer case – change oil 5-39
5.8.6 Maintenance every 10 service hours 5-40
Lubrication – articulated steering 5-40
5.8.7 Maintenance every 50 service hours 5-41
Battery – check fluid level 5-41
Lubrication – work equipment 5-42
Check central lubrication system, add grease 5-44
5.8.8 Maintenance every 250 service hours 5-45
Service brake – check the brake pads 5-45
Alternator v-belt – check and adjust tension 5-46
Lubrication – steering cylinder 5-47
Lubrication – rear axle 5-48
Wheel nuts – check and retighten 5-49
5.8.9 Maintenance every 500 service hours 5-50
Manual pump – check oil level 5-50
Service brake – check brake pads and brake disc, check oil level 5-51
Engine – change engine oil 5-52
Changing the oil filter cartridge 5-53

5-24 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.7 Maintenance schedule
Maintenance

Maintenance procedure see page

Fuel filter – change filter cartridge 5-54


Bleeding the fuel system 5-55
Heating/air conditioner – clean/renew filter cloth, clean condenser 5-56
Checking the gas pressure in the pressure accumulator for the multi-function lever 5-57
E.C.S.S. pressure accumulator – check gas pressure 5-57
Front and rear axle – check oil level 5-58
Transfer case – check oil level, add oil 5-59
5.8.10 Maintenance every 1000 service hours 5-60
Alternator v-belt – check and adjust tension 5-60
Service brake – check, change brake fluid 5-61
System pressures – check and adjust 5-61
Hydraulic system – change venting filters 5-62
Hydraulic system – change filter insert 5-63
5.8.11 Maintenance every 1500 service hours 5-64
Front and rear axle – change oil 5-64
Transfer case – change oil 5-66
5.8.12 Maintenance every 2000 service hours 5-67
Cooling system – change coolant and clean cooling system 5-67
Valve clearance – check and adjust 5-70
Hydraulic system – change hydraulic oil 5-71
Check fuel pump 5-73
Fuel and coolant hoses – check, replace if required 5-73
Checking the water pump 5-73

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-25


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Checks before starting the engine Maintenance

5.8 Maintenance procedure

5.8.1 Checks before starting the engine


For the following points see “Checks before starting the engine”
(3-49).

 Check coolant level – add coolant

 Radiator – clean radiator fins

 V-belt – check condition

 Check engine oil level – add engine oil

 Check the fuel level – add fuel

 Additional water separator (optional) – check for sediments

 Water separator – draining water and dirt accumulations

 Check gauges and indicators

 Check electrical connections

 Heating/air conditioner – check airflow

 Check lights for function, dirt, and damages.

 Check gauges.

 Check horn and back-up alarm.

 Check steering play and function.

 Check rearview mirror for function, dirt, and damages.

5-26 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance When required

5.8.2 When required

Additional water separator (Fuel prefilter) – change filter insert


(Option)

If you see water or debris in the glass container, perform follow-


ing steps:

1. Keep a container ready for collecting the fluid from the water
separator.

2. Close the stop valve (1) by turning the lever upward.

3. Release the collar nut (2) and remove the glass container
(3).

4. Empty the glass container and clean it.

5. Change filter insert, if it is dirty or damaged.

6. Reinstall the glass container and hand-tighten the collar nut.

7. Open the stop valve (A) by turning the lever downward.

8. Bleed the fuel system.

For details see “Bleeding the fuel system” (5-55). 1

4
3

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-27


5.8 Maintenance procedure
When required Maintenance

Checking the air conditioner


Inspect the air conditioner at least twice per year, in spring and
in autumn. The filter dryer has to be replaced every 2 years, or
each time work is done on the cooling circuit.

A = Filter dryer
B = Condenser A

Cleaning the condenser of the air conditioner

NOTICE
Do not wash the condenser with a steam cleaner. The con-
denser may overheat and fail.

If the cooling performance of the air conditioner is too low, check


whether the condenser is dirty.

Clean a dirty condenser with cold water.

If the water pressure is too high, the fins may warp. Keep a suffi-
cient distance when cleaning with a high-pressure washing
machine.

Checking the refrigerant level (gas)

WARNING
 The refrigerant in the air conditioner may cause blindness or
frostbite if it comes into contact with your eyes or hands. Do
not touch the refrigerant.

 Never loosen any parts of the coolant circuit.

 When working on the air conditioning system, wear protec-


tive goggles and rubber gloves.

5-28 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance When required

If the cooling effect of the air conditioner is poor, this may be


caused by lack of refrigerant (gas).

In this case, check the sight glass (2) of the filter dryer (1). The
sight glass is installed at the side of the condenser, on the con-
tainer.

Create the following conditions before inspecting:

 Start the engine and let it run at 1000 rpm.

 Turn the air conditioner ON.

 Set the airflow to maximum.

 Set the temperature to minimum.

 Open the doors and windows fully. 2


 Turn the air conditioner switch ON.

If the condition of sight glass (2) is “correct” as shown in the dia- Refrigerant Status at the sight glass
gram on the right, the condition is normal. (When the air condi-
tioner is switched on, you will see a few bubbles. After this, the Correct
liquid takes on a translucent, milky white colour.) Level

If the condition of sight glass (2) is “insufficient” as shown in the


diagram on the right, the refrigerant level is too low. Consult your Insufficient
Komatsu distributor.

(When the air conditioner is switched on, there will always be a


few bubbles.)

A = Bubbles in the liquid refrigerant


B = The refrigerant is clear
C = Oil and refrigerant are separated; liquid is a thin, milky
white.

Operating the air conditioner off-season

Even during the off-season, operate the air conditioner for 3–5
minutes once a month to maintain the oil film at all parts of the
compressor.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-29


5.8 Maintenance procedure
When required Maintenance

Checking the window washer fluid level – adding fluid


 Check the washer fluid level in washer tank (1). If the level is
too low, add ethanol-based window washer fluid. 1

 Be careful not to let dust get into the fluid.

Battery – charging the built-in battery


For safety instructions see 2.3.4 “Battery” (2-32).

 Before charging, disconnect the wire from the negative ter-


minal or pull the main battery switch to interrupt the power
supply. Otherwise the alternator may be damaged by peak
voltages.

 Before charging, remove all stoppers from the battery open-


ings to ensure sufficient ventilation.

To prevent gas explosions, do not bring fire near the battery


or allow sparks to form.

 Interrupt the charging process if the temperature of the bat-


tery fluid exceeds 45 °C.

 Turn off the charger as soon as the battery is completely


charged. Overcharging the battery may result in the follow-
ing conditions:

 Battery overheats

 Low battery fluid level

 Damage to the electrode plates

 Do not swap the wires (positive (+) and negative (-)).

For maintenance, disconnect the wires from the battery termi-


nals, except when checking the battery fluid level or measuring
the specific density.

5-30 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance When required

Cleaning the air grille


 Clean the air grilles from both sides if they are dirty.

NOTICE
Do not use a high-pressure cleaner to clean the air grilles.

Cleaning the radiator fins


Clean the radiator fins when they are dirty.

For details see “Radiator – clean radiator fins” (3-50).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-31


5.8 Maintenance procedure
When required Maintenance

Air cleaner – check, clean the filter insert

WARNING
When using compressed air, there is a danger of flying dirt caus-
ing injuries. Always wear protective equipment such as protec-
tive goggles and a dust mask.

NOTICE
 Dirt can get into the engine if inspection, cleaning or mainte-
nance work is carried out with the engine running; this can
cause damage to the engine. Make sure to stop the engine
before you carry out such interventions.

 If the air cleaner is not sufficiently clean, the air cleaner cau-
tion lamp (1) on the main screen will indicate a malfunction.
The engine power will decrease.

Design of the air cleaner

The air cleaner is made up of the air cleaner housing, the dust
eject valve, the filter insert, and the safety filter.

Required maintenance
1
NOTICE
Do not clean the air cleaner element before the air cleaner cau-
tion lamp (1) on the main screen lights up.

If the air cleaner caution lamp (1) lights up, the air cleaner insert
is clogged. Clean or replace it immediately.

Dirt in the safety filter indicates a damaged filter insert. In this


case, the filter insert and the safety filter need to be replaced. G0070400A

5-32 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance When required

Removing the filter insert

WARNING
While the engine is running, moving parts in the engine compart-
ment may cause severe injuries. Do not work in the engine com-
partment while the engine is running.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Open the bayonet lock of the air cleaner cap (2).

3. Remove the cover of the air cleaner housing.

4. Pull out the filter insert (3).

5. Thoroughly clean the inside of the air cleaner housing with a


cloth. 3

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-33


5.8 Maintenance procedure
When required Maintenance

Cleaning the filter insert

Depending on the degree of clogging, the filter insert of the air


cleaner may be cleaned with pressurised air or with water to
which a mild detergent has been added.

NOTICE
 If the air cleaner pilot lamp lights up again a short time after
cleaning, replace the filter insert.

 Do not clean the safety filter.

 For details see “Changing the filter insert of the air cleaner,
changing the safety filter” (5-36).

 Cleaning with pressurised air

ATTENTION
 Flying dust particles may cause injury to the eyes. Wear
safety goggles when cleaning the filter inserts with pressur-
ised air.

 Hazardous dusts may cause lung irritation.

 Wear a dust mask when cleaning filter inserts with pressur-


ised air.

Blow out the air cleaner insert with dry pressurised air (max.
6 bar) from the inside to the outside. Move the air jet up and
down at minimum distance of 3 cm to the paper. The clean-
ing process ends when no more dust is ejected.

Do not knock the insert for cleaning, and do not knock the
insert against other objects.

 Cleaning with water and detergent

To clean off oil, grease, soot, etc., the filter insert may be
washed in warm water (max. 50 °C) with a mild detergent GK032241
after blowing out. Move the insert back and forth in the solu-
tion.

Then flush the filter insert from the inside to the outside with
clean water (max. 3 bar) and dry at a maximum temperature
of 50 °C.

5-34 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance When required

Checking the filter insert

Always check the filter insert before installing. Hold a lamp into
the insert and carefully inspect the filter paper with the light shin-
ing through. If there are small holes or thin places, the insert is
defective and should be replaced.

Check filter inserts for damaged seals.

NOTICE
Also check any new filter inserts before installing.

GK032242

Installing the filter insert

1. Check the safety filter for firm seat.

2. Insert the filter insert into the housing so that the seal of the
insert rests firmly on the binding at the rear of the housing.

3. Install the air cleaner cap.

NOTICE
If the air cleaner caution lamp lights up again after a short time,
replace both the filter insert and the safety filter.

For details see “Changing the filter insert of the air cleaner,
changing the safety filter” (5-36).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-35


5.8 Maintenance procedure
When required Maintenance

Changing the filter insert of the air cleaner, changing the safety filter
Changing the filter insert

NOTICE
Replace the safety filter every third time the filter insert is
changed.

1. Open the air cleaner, remove filter insert (1).

For details see “Air cleaner – check, clean the filter insert”
(5-32). 1

2. Check the new air cleaner for damage by shining a light


through it.

3. Install the filter insert.

GK032242

Changing the safety filter

NOTICE
Do not clean the safety filter. Replace it every third time the filter
insert is changed.

1. Open the air cleaner, remove filter insert (1).

For details see “Air cleaner – check, clean the filter insert”
(5-32).

2. Clean the air cleaner housing from the inside and remove
the cloth from the air intake.

3. Pull out the safety filter (2).

4. Check the new air cleaner for damage by shining a light


through it. Firmly install the safety filter.

5. Install the filter insert.

5-36 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance after the first 50 service hours

5.8.3 Maintenance after the first 50 service hours


Carry out the following maintenance only after the first 50 ser-
vice hours.

Hydraulic system – change filter insert


For details see “Hydraulic system – change venting filters”
(5-62).

Wheel nuts – check and retighten

WARNING
Loose wheel nuts may cause severe accidents.
Periodically check and retighten the wheel nuts.

Loose wheel nuts (1) increase tyre wear and may cause acci-
dents.

1. Check for loose nuts, and tighten if necessary.

When checking for loose nuts, always turn the nuts in the
direction of tightening.

Torque: 450–500 Nm 1

2. If any stud bolt is broken, replace all the stud bolts for that
wheel.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-37


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance after the first 50 service hours Maintenance

Lubrication – rear axle

NOTICE
Shorten the maintenance intervals if working continuously in wet
or salty environments.

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

1. For maintenance work, park the machine as described in


chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).
1
2. Clean the indicated grease nipple.

3. Use a grease pump to press a sufficient amount of grease


into the grease nipples.

4. Remove any excess old grease that is pushed out at the 2


bearings.

Rear axle pivot bearing (1) (2).

5-38 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance after the first 250 service hours

5.8.4 Maintenance after the first 250 service hours


Carry out the following maintenance only after the first 250 ser-
vice hours.

Valve clearance – check and adjust


Have the valve clearance checked and adjusted by a Komatsu
distributor.

5.8.5 Maintenance after the first 500 service hours


Carry out the following maintenance only after the first 500 ser-
vice hours.

Front and rear axle – change oil


For details see “Front and rear axle – change oil” (5-64).

Transfer case – change oil


For details see “Transfer case – change oil” (5-66).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-39


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 10 service hours Maintenance

5.8.6 Maintenance every 10 service hours

Lubrication – articulated steering

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

1. For maintenance work, park the machine as described in


chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Clean the grease nipples indicated by the arrows.

Articulated steering (2 points)

3. Use a grease pump to press a sufficient amount of grease


into the grease nipples.

4. Remove any excess old grease that is pushed out at the


bearings.

NOTICE
Shorten the maintenance intervals if working continuously in wet
or salty environments.

5-40 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 50 service hours

5.8.7 Maintenance every 50 service hours


Also perform all maintenance tasks scheduled to be carried out
every 10 service hours.

Battery – check fluid level

WARNING
 Danger of injury! The battery contains extremely corrosive
battery acid that may spurt out and burn the eyes.

 Wear safety goggles and rubber gloves when working on the


battery. Immediately wash battery acid from your skin and
eyes with large amounts of water and consult a doctor.

 Gases that form in the battery may explode.

 Do not bring open fire or sparks near the battery. Do not


smoke.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Check the battery and terminals for firm seat.

3. Clean the area around the stoppers.

4. Remove all stoppers and check if the battery level is at the


markings. Add distilled water if the battery acid level is too
low.

NOTICE
In cold weather, add distilled water only immediately before
operation. This allows the water to mix with the battery acid and
prevents it from freezing.

5. Measure the specific density of the battery acid, and deter-


mine the battery charge with the conversion table.

Temperature
Battery
20 °C 5 °C -10 °C -25 °C

Charging level Specific density (kg/l)

full 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.31


half 1.20 1.21 1.22 1.23
empty 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15

6. Recharge insufficiently charged batteries.

7. Plug the cells with clean stoppers.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-41


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 50 service hours Maintenance

Lubrication – work equipment

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

1. For maintenance work, park the machine as described in


chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Clean the indicated grease nipples.

3. Use a grease pump to press a sufficient amount of grease


into the grease nipples.

4. Remove any excess old grease that is pushed out at the


bearings.

WA70-7

(1) Tilt rod (2 points)

(2) Multi-purpose bucket (6 points)

(3) Upper and lower lift cylinders (2 points)

(4) Tilt arm (2 points)

(5) Left and right boom (4 points)

(6) Tilt cylinder (2 points)

5-42 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 50 service hours

1
G0070248

5
6

G0070247

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-43


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 50 service hours Maintenance

Check central lubrication system, add grease


The following maintenance work is to be carried out as required
or every 50 service hours:

 General function check

The basic function of the pilot device and the system compo-
nents can be checked by activating intermediate lubrication.

 Regular check of the system components for leakage and


damage.

 Visual inspection of the state of lubrication of the bearings


and observation of the lubrication pattern.

In the event of fault indications, consult your Komatsu distributor


to rectify the fault.

NOTICE
Only refill using clean lubricant and a suitable filling device (A or
B). Contaminated lubricant can lead to serious system malfunc- 1, 2
tions.
A
Permitted lubricants
B
Grease of NLGI class 2 with EP additives, compatible with plas- 1 M20X1,5
tics, NBR elastomers, copper and copper alloys and a max. flow
pressure of 700 mbar.

Temperature range of grease Viscosity classes 2 3


-20 °C to 120 °C G2 LI

-40 °C to 100 °C GLT2 LI

Fill the lubricant container to above the “MIN” marking but no


higher than the “MAX” marking.

When using the factory setting, it is sufficient to fill up for a mini-


mum of 50 hours.

If the lubrication times have been changed or several intermedi-


ate lubrications have been carried out, the level check must be
brought forward.

Depending on the design, lubricant can only be added via:


1 2 3
1. Cone-shaped grease nipple

2. Filling attachment

3. Filling cylinder

The connecting pieces must be free from dirt.

The transparent lubricant container allows you to carry out a vis-


ual level check.

If the container has been emptied to below the “MIN” mark, the
entire system must be bled. Consult your Komatsu distributor to
have the system bled.

5-44 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 250 service hours

5.8.8 Maintenance every 250 service hours


Also perform all maintenance tasks scheduled to be carried out
every 10 and every 50 service hours.

Service brake – check the brake pads

WARNING
Danger of accidents! If the brake oil level is too low, the service
brake might fail.

ATTENTION
 Danger of accidents! Using commercially available brake
fluid may reduce the performance of the brake system.

 Only fill with the specified oil. Do not use brake fluid! Keep
extremely clean!

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Check brake disc and brake pads for wear and damages.

3. Check the brake oil level.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-45


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 250 service hours Maintenance

Alternator v-belt – check and adjust tension

DANGER
Danger of injury! While the engine is running, moving parts in the
engine compartment may cause severe injuries. Do not work in
the engine compartment while the engine is running.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Press the v-belt inward in the middle of the longest straight


section. When pressed, the v-belt should move inward by
about 10–15 mm.

If the v-belt can be pressed inward too far, adjust to the


specified tension as described below.

10-15mm

3. Loosen the alternator retaining screw (1).

4. Loosen the connecting screw (2) between the alternator and


the guide rail.

5. Loosen the retaining screw (3) of the guide rail. 2 3


6. Adjust the v-belt tension by angling the alternator.

7. Fix the alternator and the guide rail.


1
8. Check the v-belt tension and readjust if required.

5-46 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 250 service hours

Lubrication – steering cylinder

NOTICE
Shorten the maintenance intervals if working continuously in wet
or salty environments.

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

1. For maintenance work, park the machine as described in


chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2). 1

2. Clean the indicated grease nipple.

3. Use a grease pump to press a sufficient amount of grease


into the grease nipples.

4. Remove any excess old grease that is pushed out at the 2


bearings.

(1) Front steering cylinder (1 point)

(2) Rear steering cylinder (1 point)

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-47


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 250 service hours Maintenance

Lubrication – rear axle

NOTICE
Shorten the maintenance intervals if working continuously in wet
or salty environments.

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

1. For maintenance work, park the machine as described in


chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).
1
2. Clean the indicated grease nipple.

3. Use a grease pump to press a sufficient amount of grease


into the grease nipples.

4. Remove any excess old grease that is pushed out at the 2


bearings.

Rear axle pivot bearing (1) (2).

5-48 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 250 service hours

Wheel nuts – check and retighten


For details see “Wheel nuts – check and retighten” (5-37).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-49


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 500 service hours Maintenance

5.8.9 Maintenance every 500 service hours


Also perform all maintenance tasks scheduled to be carried out
every 10, 50, 100, and 250 service hours.

Manual pump – check oil level


1. The oil level in the hand pump is checked with the cab tipped
down. 1

2. Remove the screw plug (1).

3. The oil level should be at the lower edge of the filling hole
(arrow).

4. Add oil if required.

For details see 5.4 “Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quanti-


ties” (5-18).

5. Insert the screw plug into the filling hole and fasten finger-
tight.
G0070267

5-50 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 500 service hours

Service brake – check brake pads and brake disc, check oil level

WARNING
Danger of accidents! If the oil level is too low, the service brake
might fail.

ATTENTION
 Danger of accidents! Using commercially available brake
fluid may reduce the performance of the brake system.

 Only fill with the specified oil. Do not use brake fluid! Keep
extremely clean!

All repairs of the brake system have to be performed by a


Komatsu distributor.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Check the brake fluid level at the expansion tank. The oil
level should be between the “MIN” and “MAX” marks.

3. If the oil level is too low, have the brake system inspected.

4. Check brake disc and brake pads for wear and damages.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-51


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 500 service hours Maintenance

Engine – change engine oil

WARNING
 As soon as the engine has stopped, its parts and oil are still
very hot and can cause injuries through burning. Wait until
they have cooled down before starting work.

 Wear rubber gloves and hold the oil drain tray underneath
the drain in a way that prevents the oil from making contact
with your body.

ATTENTION
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

NOTICE
Change the oil only with the engine off and at operating temper-
ature.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as 1


described in section 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Place the tray underneath the drain screw (arrow).

3. Remove the cap (1) of the drain valve.

4. Screw a drain hose (2) onto the drain valve. This opens the
drain valve.

5. Drain the oil.

6. Inspect the drained oil: If the oil is contaminated with metal


shavings or foreign particles, notify your Komatsu distributor.
Unscrew the drain hose (2) from the drain valve. This closes
the drain valve.

7. Reinstall the cap (1) on the drain valve.

5-52 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 500 service hours

Changing the oil filter cartridge


1. Use the filter wrench to unscrew the filter cartridge (1) anti-
clockwise.
1
2. Clean the filter holder. Pre-fill the new filter cartridge with
engine oil. Apply a thin layer of oil to the threads and the
seals of the filter cartridge. Screw the filter cartridge back on.

3. When installing, the sealing surface of the filter cartridge 2


must contact the filter holder lightly. Then tighten the filter
cartridge as specified by the filter manufacturer.

4. After changing the filter cartridge, fill clean engine oil through
the oil filler neck (2) until the oil level has reached the (H)
mark on the dipstick.

For details see 5.4 “Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quanti-


ties” (5-18).

5. Close the oil filler neck.

6. Let the engine run at idle for approx. five minutes and check
for engine oil leakage.

7. Switch off the engine.

8. Re-check the oil level approx. ten minutes after switching off
the engine. The oil level must be between the 'H' and 'L'
marks on the dipstick.

For details see “Check engine oil level – add engine oil”
(3-52).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-53


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 500 service hours Maintenance

Fuel filter – change filter cartridge

DANGER
 Danger of fire! Fuel may ignite when making contact with hot
surfaces!

 Wait until the engine has cooled down before you exchange
the filter cartridge. Keep open flames and sparks away from
fuel. Do not smoke.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Clean the area around the fuel filter (1).

3. Unplug the connector (2) of the sensor (3). 6

4. Use the filter wrench to unscrew the filter cartridge anticlock-


wise.

5. Unscrew and remove the sensor (3) and o-ring (4) from the 1
fuel filter.

6. Screw the sensor (3) and with a new o-ring (4) onto the new
fuel filter.

7. Clean the filter head (5).

8. Clean the prefilter (6) in the banjo screw.

9. Fill the new fuel filter (1) with clean fuel.

10. Apply a thin layer of oil to the sealing surfaces of the fuel fil-
ter.

11. When re-installing, hand-tighten the fuel filter until the seal
makes contact. Then tighten the filter cartridge by hand
(observe the instructions of the filter manufacturer).

12. Reconnect the connector (2) of the sensor (3).

13. Bleed the fuel system.

For details see “Bleeding the fuel system” (5-55).

14. Start the engine and check for leakage.

5-54 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 500 service hours

Bleeding the fuel system

DANGER
The fuel in the injection system is pressurised! Ejected fuel may
puncture the skin and cause blood poisoning. Wear safety gog-
gles and rubber gloves when working on the injection pump. In
the event of being hit by a high-pressure fuel jet, immediately
consult a doctor.

For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

WA70-7

1. Loosen the bleed screw (1) on the injection pump. 1

2. Move the pump button (2) on the fuel filter until there are no
more bubbles in the fuel flowing from the bleed screw.

3. Retighten the bleed screw (1).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-55


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 500 service hours Maintenance

Heating/air conditioner – clean/renew filter cloth, clean condenser

Cleaning the filter cloth in the heater/air conditioner

NOTICE
Replace the filter cloth if it is excessively dirty.

1. Unscrew the front panel (1) of the cab (4 screws).

2. Remove the filter cloth (2) from the heater (3).

3. Clean the filter cloth in warm water (30–40 °C) added with a
mild detergent.

Caution: Do not rub or wring the filter cloth.

4. Dry the filter cloth.

5. Insert the dry filter cloth (2) into the heater (3).

6. Turn on the blower and check the airflow at the nozzles to


the left and to the right of the steering column. a a

NOTICE
All air outlet nozzles (a) and air intake nozzles (b) must be open!
a a
7. Replace the filter cloth if the airflow is low.

8. Reinstall the front panel (1).

a a

G0070280A
b

5-56 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 500 service hours

Cleaning the condenser of the air conditioner

NOTICE
Do not wash the condenser with a steam cleaner. The con-
denser may overheat and fail.

If the cooling performance of the air conditioner is too low, check


whether the condenser is dirty.

Clean a dirty condenser with cold water.

If the water pressure is too high, the fins may warp. Keep a suffi-
cient distance when cleaning with a high-pressure washing
machine.

Checking the gas pressure in the pressure accumulator for the multi-function lever
Have the gas pressure in the pressure accumulator checked by
your Komatsu distributor every 500 service hours (gas pressure:
20 bar).

E.C.S.S. pressure accumulator – check gas pressure


(Option)

Have the gas pressure in the pressure accumulator checked by


your Komatsu distributor every 500 service hours (gas pressure:
20 bar).

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-57


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 500 service hours Maintenance

Front and rear axle – check oil level

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

Epicyclic gearing

1. Start the engine, raise the work equipment, and move the
machine until the oil level mark of the epicyclic gearing on
the wheel to be checked is horizontal.

Switch off the engine, lower the work equipment, and apply
the parking brake.

2. Remove the screw plug (1) from the check bore.

3. Check the oil level. The oil level should be at the lower edge
of the check bore.
2
4. If the oil level is too low, add oil through the check bore of the
screw plug.

For more information on recommended oils, see


chapter 5.4 “Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities”
(5-18).

5. Insert the screw plug and tighten firmly.

6. Torque (1) = 60 Nm

7. Check the oil level at the other wheels on the front and rear
axles as described in items 1. to 5. above.

Differential
3
1. Remove the screw plug (2) of the check bore at the front
axle. Check the oil level as described under “epicyclic gear-
ing” in items 3. to 5.

2. Remove the screw plug (3) of the check bore at the rear
axle. Check the oil level as described under “epicyclic gear-
ing” in items 3. to 5.

Torque (2) and (3) = 60 Nm

5-58 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 500 service hours

Transfer case – check oil level, add oil

NOTICE
When the engine is off, the oil level in the transmission may rise
considerably. Therefore, check the transmission oil level only
with the engine at idle and the transmission at operating temper-
ature. The direction selector switch must be in the neutral posi-
tion, 'N'.

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).
1
2. Clean the screw plug (1) and the surrounding area.

3. Remove the screw plug.

4. Check the oil level. The oil level should be at the lower edge
of the screw plug check bore.

5. If the oil level is too low, add oil through the check bore of the
screw plug (1).

6. Clean the screw plug and install new sealing ring.

7. Insert the screw plug and tighten firmly.

Torque (1) = 60 Nm

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-59


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 1000 service hours Maintenance

5.8.10 Maintenance every 1000 service hours


Also perform all maintenance tasks scheduled to be carried out
every 10, 50, 100, 250, and 500 service hours.

Alternator v-belt – check and adjust tension

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

 Danger of injury! While the engine is running, moving parts


in the engine compartment may cause severe injuries. Do
not work in the engine compartment while the engine is run-
ning.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Press the v-belt inward in the middle of the longest straight


section. When pressed, the v-belt should move inward by
about 10–15 mm.

If the v-belt can be pressed inward too far, adjust to the


10-15mm
specified tension as described below.

3. Loosen the alternator retaining screw (1).

4. Loosen the connecting screw (2) between the alternator and


the guide rail.

5. Loosen the retaining screw (3) of the guide rail. 3

6. Adjust the v-belt tension by angling the alternator. 2

7. Fix the alternator and the guide rail.

8. Check the v-belt tension and readjust if required. 1

5-60 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 1000 service hours

Service brake – check, change brake fluid

WARNING
Danger of accidents! If the oil level is too low, the service brake
might fail.

ATTENTION
 Danger of accidents! Using commercially available brake
fluid may reduce the performance of the brake system.

 Only fill with the specified oil. Do not use brake fluid! Keep
extremely clean!

All repairs of the brake system have to be performed by a


Komatsu distributor.

For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

 Change brake oil.

 Check hoses and lines.

 Check brake disc and brake pads for wear and damages.

System pressures – check and adjust


Have the system pressures measured and adjusted by
a Komatsu distributor.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-61


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 1000 service hours Maintenance

Hydraulic system – change venting filters

WARNING
 Repeated skin contact with used hydraulic oil can cause skin
damage and other bodily harm!

 Wear rubber gloves when changing the filter. Carefully wash


off hydraulic oil that has come into contact with the skin.

 Use only the prescribed supporting prop to support the work


unit. Never use other objects as supports.

1. Lower the work equipment to the ground.

2. Park the machine.

3. Unscrew the cover on the hydraulic tank (arrow).

4. Clean the filter (1) and the surrounding area.

5. Unscrew the old filter (1) and o-ring.

6. Screw in a new filter (1) with o-ring, tighten by hand.

7. Do a trial run to check that the system is leak-free.

8. Screw the cover back onto the hydraulic tank.

5-62 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 1000 service hours

Hydraulic system – change filter insert

WARNING
 Repeated skin contact with used hydraulic oil can cause skin
damage and other bodily harm!

 Wear rubber gloves when changing the filter. Carefully wash


off hydraulic oil that has come into contact with the skin.

 Use only the prescribed supporting prop to support the work


unit. Never use other objects as supports.

1. Park the machine on level, solid ground.

2. Raise the boom and tilt the bucket.

3. Apply the parking brake.

WARNING
1
Danger of injury caused by boom! It is only permitted to step into
the area below the boom if the boom is supported.

4. Position the supporting prop underneath the boom.

5. With the engine switched off, lower the boom slowly until it
rests safely on the supporting prop.

6. Loosen the venting filter (1) a few turns to let the pressure
escape.

7. Clean the filter cap (2) and the surrounding area.


22
8. Remove the filter cap.

9. Pull out the filter insert (3) at the handle (4).

10. Pull the filter insert off its handle and discard it.

11. Clean the inside of the filter. Check for foreign materials
before cleaning.

12. Attach the handle to a new filter insert.

13. Insert the new filter element into the housing.

14. Screw on the filter cap and tighten to 20 Nm.

15. Tighten the venting filter (1).

16. Start the engine.

17. Actuate the boom and bucket several times.

18. Check the hydraulic oil level.

19. Do a trial run to check that the system is leak-free.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-63


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 1500 service hours Maintenance

5.8.11 Maintenance every 1500 service hours


Also perform all maintenance tasks scheduled to be carried out
every 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, and 1000 service hours.

Front and rear axle – change oil

WARNING
 Repeated skin contact with used hydraulic oil can cause skin
damage and other bodily harm!

 Wear rubber gloves when changing the filter. Carefully wash


off hydraulic oil that has come into contact with the skin.

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

Epicyclic gearing

1. Start the engine, raise the work equipment, and move the
machine until the screw plug (1) of the epicyclic gearing on
the wheel to be checked is at the lowest point. Switch off the
engine, lower the work equipment, and apply the parking
brake.

2. Place a drain tray underneath the screw plug (1).

3. Remove the screw plug (1) and drain the oil.

4. Move the machine until the plug bore (1) of the epicyclic
gearing is horizontal.

5. Fill the epicyclic gearing with oil until the oil level reaches the
lower edge of the plug bore (1).

For more information on recommended oils, see


chapter 5.4 “Fuel, lubricants, and coolants; quantities”
(5-18).

6. Clean the screw plug and install an intact seal.

7. Insert the screw plug and tighten firmly.

Torque (1) = 60 Nm

8. Change the oil on the other wheels at the front and rear axle
as described in items 1. to 7.

5-64 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 1500 service hours

Differential

1. Place a drain tray underneath the oil drain openings (2).

2. Remove the three screw plugs of the drain holes (2) and the
two screw plugs of the filling and check bores (1). Drain the
oil.

3. Clean the screw plugs and install an intact seal.

4. Insert the screw plugs (2) and tighten firmly.


1
5. Fill in oil through the filling and check bore (1) until the oil 2
reaches the lower edge.

6. Insert the screw plugs (1) and tighten firmly.

Torque (1) and (2) = 60 Nm

7. Perform this task at the front and the rear axles.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-65


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 1500 service hours Maintenance

Transfer case – change oil

WARNING
 Repeated skin contact with used hydraulic oil can cause skin
damage and other bodily harm!

 Wear rubber gloves when changing the filter. Carefully wash


off hydraulic oil that has come into contact with the skin.

DANGER
 Performing maintenance on a machine that is not properly
parked and secured may cause severe accidents!

 Park the machine on solid, level ground. Secure the


machine before beginning maintenance work.

Provide a sufficiently large drain tray.

1. For maintenance work, park and secure the machine as 1


described in chapter 5.1 “Maintenance guide” (5-2).

2. Remove screw plugs (1) and (2).


2
3. Drain the oil.

4. Clean the screw plugs and install new sealing rings.

5. Insert the screw plug (2) and tighten firmly.

6. Fill in oil through the check bore (1) until the oil has reached
the lower edge of the check bore.

7. Insert the screw plug (1) and tighten firmly.

Torque (1) and (2) = 60 Nm

5-66 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 2000 service hours

5.8.12 Maintenance every 2000 service hours


Also perform all maintenance tasks scheduled to be carried out
every 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, and 1000 service hours.

Cooling system – change coolant and clean cooling system

WARNING
 Danger of scalding! The coolant is pressurised while the
engine is hot. Hot coolant may spurt out when the cooling
system is opened.

 Wait until the engine has cooled down before checking the
coolant level. Slowly unscrew the cap (arrow) to let the pres-
sure escape.

DANGER
Danger of fire! Antifreeze may ignite when making contact with
the hot engine. Wait until the engine has cooled down before
adding antifreeze.

Park the machine on solid, level ground before cleaning the


cooling system or changing the coolant.

Clean the inside of the cooling system, change the coolant and
the anti-corrosive according to the table below.

Interval for cleaning the inside of the cooling system


Coolant/antifreeze
and changing the coolant

Komatsu Supercoolant Every two years or every 4000 service hours,


(AF-NAC) whichever is earlier.

Operating precautions

When using Komatsu Supercoolant (AF-NAC) there is no need


to use anti-corrosive.

If using anti-corrosive, use Komatsu anti-corrosive exclusively.


Using any other anti-corrosive may cause serious damage, such
as corrosion of the engine or of cooling system components that
use light metals like aluminium.

The coolant has the important function of preventing corrosion


and freezing.

Even in the areas where freezing is not an issue, the use of anti-
freeze coolant is essential.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-67


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 2000 service hours Maintenance

Komatsu machines are shipped with Komatsu Supercoolant


(AF-NAC). Komatsu Supercoolant (AF-NAC) has excellent anti-
corrosive, antifreeze and cooling properties and can be used
continuously for 2 years or 4000 hours.

We recommend using Komatsu genuine Supercoolant (AF-


NAC) exclusively. Using any other coolant may cause serious
damage such as corrosion of the engine or of cooling system
components that use light metals like aluminium.

To maintain the anti-corrosive properties of Supercoolant (AF-


NAC), always keep the proportion of Supercoolant between 30%
and 60%.

When deciding the ratio of antifreeze to water, check the lowest


temperature in the past and use the corresponding value from
the table below.

It is actually better to use a temperature that is about 10 °C


lower when deciding the mixing ratio.

The mixing ratio depends on the ambient temperature, but it


should always be a minimum of 30 volume percent ([antifreeze/
total amount of coolant] x 100).

Even in areas where no freezing temperatures occur, use


Supercoolant (AF-NAC) in a mixing ratio of at least 30% to pre-
vent corrosion of the cooling system.

The freezing temperature of undiluted antifreeze is -15 °C. Do


not store antifreeze at temperatures below -15 °C.

5-68 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 2000 service hours

Draining the coolant

1. Switch off the engine and let it cool down.

2. Slowly turn the radiator cap (arrow) to the first stop and let
the pressure escape. Then push the cap down and continue
turning until it can be removed.

3. Install a hose to the outlet (1) of the drain valve and route the
end of the hose to the drain tray.

4. Open the drain valve and drain the coolant.

5. Close the drain valve.

Cleaning the cooling system

NOTICE
Fill the cooling system slowly. Otherwise the enclosed air may
not be able to escape fully. After filling, wait for three more min-
utes and top off fluid if required.

1. Slowly fill the cooling system with the cleaning agent.

(Observe the instructions by the manufacturer of the clean-


ing agent.)

2. Let the engine run with an open radiator cap for 5 minutes at
a coolant temperature of about 80 °C.

3. After cleaning, switch off the engine and open the drain
valve (1) to drain the cooling system completely.
1
Close the drain valve (1), and fill the cooling system slowly
with clean water.

4. Let the engine run for five minutes at a coolant temperature


of about 80 °C.

5. Drain the cooling system again. If the drained water is not


clean yet, flush the cooling system again until the draining
water is clean.

6. Close the drain valve.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-69


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 2000 service hours Maintenance

Filling coolant

1. Drain and clean the expansion tank.

2. Mix coolant as specified.

3. Slowly fill the cooling system with coolant up to the spillover.

4. To bleed the cooling system, remove the radiator cap and let
the engine run at low idle for five minutes, then for another
five minutes at high idle. If the coolant level in the radiator
drops, add coolant.

5. Switch off the engine, wait for about three minutes and add
coolant up to the spillover of the radiator. Close the radiator.

6. Add coolant until the MAX mark is reached.


M AX

MIN

Valve clearance – check and adjust


Have the valve clearance checked and adjusted by your
Komatsu distributor.

5-70 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 2000 service hours

Hydraulic system – change hydraulic oil

WARNING
 Repeated skin contact with used hydraulic oil can cause skin
damage and other bodily harm!
Wear rubber gloves when changing the filter. Carefully wash
off hydraulic oil that has come into contact with the skin.

 Danger of scalding! The hydraulic reservoir is pressurised.


Hot hydraulic oil may spurt out and cause scalding.
Wear rubber gloves and hold the oil drain tray underneath
the drain in a way that prevents the oil from making contact
with your body.

Provide a sufficiently large drain tray.

1. Park the machine on level ground.

2. Lower the work equipment to the ground.

3. Switch off the engine.

4. Secure the articulated steering on the right side with the


steering lock.

5. Loosen the venting filter (1) a few turns to let the pressure
escape.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-71


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 2000 service hours Maintenance

6. Remove the screw plug (2) of the hydraulic oil reservoir.

7. Slowly open the drain valve (3) to drain the oil.

8. Close the drain valve (3) after draining the oil.


2

9. Tighten the screw plugs. Make sure the seals are in proper
working order.

10. Unscrew the venting filter (1).

11. Fill with oil until the oil level is between the centre and the
upper edge of the sight glass. 3

12. Screw in the venting filter (1).

13. Start the engine.

14. Repeatedly raise and lower the work equipment while tilting
and dumping the bucket.

15. Lower the bucket to the ground and set it to the scraping
position.

16. Check the oil level while the engine is running at low idle.

NOTICE
Do not overfill with hydraulic oil! The pressure in the hydraulic oil
reservoir could become excessively high and cause leakage.

5-72 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance Maintenance every 2000 service hours

Check fuel pump


Have the fuel pump checked by your Komatsu distributor.

Fuel and coolant hoses – check, replace if required


Have the fuel and coolant hoses checked – and replaced, if
required – by your Komatsu distributor.

Checking the water pump


Have the water pump checked by a Komatsu distributor.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 5-73


5.8 Maintenance procedure
Maintenance every 2000 service hours Maintenance

5-74 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Technical data

6. Technical data

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 6-1


6.1 Technical data Technical data

6.1 Technical data

6.1.1 WA70-7

Power

Type Komatsu 4D95LWE-5-A

Engine power 36.9 kW (ISO 14396)

Torque, max. 180 Nm


Engine
Starter motor 12 V – 2.2 kW

Alternator 12 V – 90 A

Battery 100 Ah

Driving speed forward and reverse: Standard 1nd speed range 0–7 km/h
version 2nd speed range 0–20 km/h

Max tractive force 3750 daN

Outer edge of bucket 4175 mm


Min. turn radius
Outer edge of tyre 3680 mm

Bucket, standard 0.85 m³

6-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Technical data 6.2 Noise emission levels

6.2 Noise emission levels


Two signs are attached to the machine that indicate the noise
emission level of the machine.

 Acoustic pressure level in the operator's cab measured in


accordance with ISO6396 (dynamic test procedure, simu-
lated work process).

In accordance with ISO 11201, the greatest value for the


standard deviation of the average measured A-rated acous-
tic pressure level at the operator's seat is A dB.

WA70-7

A 2,5

 Acoustic power level generated by the machine measured in


accordance with ISO 6395 (dynamic test procedure, simu-
lated work cycle). This is the value guaranteed in accord-
ance with the data from the European Directive 2000/14/EC.

This is the guaranteed value in accordance with EU Direc-


tive 2000/14/EC. This value includes a margin of B dB.

WA70-7

B 0,92

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 6-3


6.3 Vibration levels Technical data

6.3 Vibration levels


When used for its intended purpose, levels of vibration for the
earth-moving machine transmitted from the operator’s seat are
lower than or equal to the tested vibrations for the relative
machinery class in compliance with ISO 7096.

The effective acceleration value for the upper limbs is less than
2.5 m/s². The margin for this value is C m/s² in accordance with C D
EN 12096:1997.
0.62 0.46
The effective acceleration value for the body is less than 0.5 m/s².
The margin for this value is D m/s² in accordance with EN
12096:1997.

These values were determined using a representative machine


and measured during the typical operating condition indicated
below according to the measurement procedures that are
defined in the standards ISO 2631/1 and ISO 5349.

Operating conditions

Wheel loader: V-shape loading

Guide to reduce vibration levels on machine

The following guides can help an operator of this machine to


reduce the whole body vibration levels:

1. Use the correct equipment and attachments.

2. Maintain the machine according to this manual.

 Tyre pressures

 Brake and steering systems

 Controls, hydraulic system and linkages

3. Keep the terrain where the machine is working and travelling


in good condition.

 Remove any large rocks or obstacles.

 Fill any ditches and holes.

 Site manager should provide machine operators with


machine and schedule time to maintain terrain condi-
tions.

4. Use a seat that meets ISO 7096, and keep the seat main-
tained and adjusted.

 Adjust the seat and suspension for the weight and size
of the operator.

 Wear seat belt.

 Inspect and maintain the seat suspension and adjust-


ment mechanisms.

6-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Technical data 6.3 Vibration levels

5. Steer, brake, accelerate, shift gears (for wheeled machines),


and move the attachment levers and pedals slowly so that
the machine moves smoothly.

6. Adjust the machine speed and travel path to minimise the


vibration level.

 When pushing with bucket or blade, avoid sudden load-


ing; load gradually.

 Drive around obstacles and rough terrain conditions.

 Slow down when it is necessary to go over rough terrain.

 Make the curve radius of travelling path as large as pos-


sible.

 Travel at low speed when travelling around sharp


curves.

7. Minimise vibrations for long work cycle or long distance trav-


elling.

 Reduce speed to prevent bounce.

 Transport machines long distances between worksites.

8. The following guidelines can be effective to minimise risks of


low back pain.

 Operate the machine only when you are in good health.

 Provide breaks to reduce long periods of sitting in the


same posture.

 Do not jump down from the cab or machine.

 Do not repeatedly handle and lift loads.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 6-5


6.4 Limit values for slopes Technical data

6.4 Limit values for slopes


Maximum slope angle for machine operation

If operating the machine on a slope, its angle must not exceed


35° uphill, 35° downhill or 35° sideways. If you angle the
machine at more than 35° during operation, the motor, transmis-
sion, hydraulic system or axles, will not be supplied with suffi-
cient oil and can be damaged.

WA70-7

A Uphill 35°

B Downhill 35°

C Sideways 35°

Tipping angle, theoretically

The tipping angle is a calculated value. This states the angle at


which the machine at rest can stand on a slope without tipping
over. You must not work with the machine at these angles as the
motor, transmission, hydraulic system or axles, will not be sup-
plied with sufficient oil and can be damaged. The specified angle
refers to the transport position. The angle changes if you raise or
lower the work unit.

All data was measured with:

 Standard bucket filled (bulk weight => 1.8 t/m³)

 Standard tyres

 Counterweight

WA70-7
Uphill with operating load 57°
A
Uphill without operating load 40°
Downhill with operating load 44°
B
Downhill without operating load 59°
Lateral with operating load 39°
C
Lateral without operating load 38°

6-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Special equipment, attachments

7. Special equipment,
attachments

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 7-1


7.1 E.C.S.S. Special equipment, attachments

7.1 E.C.S.S.
Read this section carefully prior to use in order to ensure using
the E.C.S.S. safely and effectively.

7.1.1 Design and functional principle of the E.C.S.S.


The E.C.S.S. uses the hydraulic spring effect of the pressure
accumulator, installed in the circuit at the end of the piston head
of the lift cylinder, to dampen vibrations that occur when the
machine is moving. This makes smooth driving at high speeds
possible.

The E.C.S.S. consists of the E.C.S.S. electronics and the corre-


sponding switches, the pressure accumulator and the solenoid
valve. When the E.C.S.S. is activated, the solenoid valve opens
and the circuit at the piston head of the lift cylinder is connected
to the pressure accumulator.

7.1.2 Precautions when switching on the E.C.S.S.

WARNING
If, while the machine is moving with the attachment raised, the
E.C.S.S. is automatically activated based on the speed, the
attachment could possibly move up or down, depending on the
load. Therefore proceed only with utmost caution when the
E.C.S.S. is on.

For inspection and maintenance tasks, lower the work unit to the
ground, switch off the E.C.S.S. and depressurise the pressure
accumulator before starting with the maintenance tasks.

NOTICE
The E.C.S.S. activates if the transmission is at speed range 2
and the machine travels at a speed greater than 5 km/h.

7-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Special equipment, attachments 7.1 E.C.S.S.

7.1.3 Operating the E.C.S.S.

Switching on the E.C.S.S.


1. Prerequisite:

Speed range 2 has to be on for the E.C.S.S. to activate.


If necessary, press the Speed Range 2 button.

2. Press the E.C.S.S. button.

The yellow pilot lamp in the switch goes on.

 If the machine is travelling at a speed higher than 5 km/h,


the E.C.S.S. system is activated automatically and the
E.C.S.S. pilot lamp on the machine monitor lights up.

 If the machine is travelling at a speed lower than 5 km/h,


the E.C.S.S. system is deactivated and the pilot lamp on
the machine monitor goes out.

 The yellow pilot lamp in the E.C.S.S. switch remains on.

NOTICE
 When carrying a load, do not tilt the bucket back completely
to allow the E.C.S.S. to work.

 Do not support the boom when travelling on roads.

Switching off the E.C.S.S.


1. Press the E.C.S.S. button.

7.1.4 Precautions when handling the pressure accumulator


For details see “Handling the pressure accumulator (2-43)”.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 7-3


7.2 Bucket position indicator Special equipment, attachments

7.2 Bucket position indicator


(Option)

The bucket position indicator shows the status of the bucket.

Mark A = Cylinder marking for horizontal fork position


(fork on the ground)
Mark B =
Cylinder mark for bucket in scraping position

B A

NOTICE
When the quick coupler is dismounted, the clamp at the piston
rod (C) and indicator rod (D) have to be dismounted as well. D
Else the cylinder seal could be damaged.

7-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Special equipment, attachments 7.3 Central lubrication system

7.3 Central lubrication system


The central lubrication system is used for automatic lubrication
of the lubrication points connected to the machine.

7.3.1 Changing the lubrication intervals and duration


The central lubrication system is preset for normal use.

The settings have been preset in the factory for delivery as fol-
lows:

 Lubrication interval: after 1 hour

 Lubrication duration: 6 minutes.

NOTICE
To adjust lubrication times under greater loads, please contact
your Komatsu distributor.

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 7-5


7.3 Central lubrication system Special equipment, attachments

7.3.2 Operating the central lubrication system


Position of the lubrication pump:

To the left on the front frame.

For more details see “Check central lubrication system, add


grease” (5-44).

1. Turn the starting switch to the 'B' (ON) position.


1
This switches on the lubrication pump.

2. Observe the grease container.

When the paddle agitator operates in the grease container,


the lubricating system is in order.
A B
If the paddle agitator does not turn, then the automatic lubri-
cation does not function.
C
Consult your Komatsu distributor to rectify the fault.

If grease has leaked out of the pressure control valve (1),


please contact your Komatsu distributor.
G0070421

7-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Special equipment, attachments 7.3 Central lubrication system

7.3.3 Display and operating unit


The display and operating unit is protected by a transparent
plastic cover against sprayed water and mechanical damages.
For programming, the cover needs to be removed and
remounted afterwards.

LED display

1
Three-digit LED display
1.
Values and operational condition
2
2. Intermission sequence
3
3. Pump operation

4. Monitoring the system function by external cycle switch 4

5. Non-functioning

6. Fault indication 5

6
G0070304

Buttons

1
Switch on the display
1.  Display values and parameters
 Set values and parameters
2
Switch between programming and display mode
2.
 Confirm values

Activate intermediate lubrication


3. 3
 Clear fault indication G0070305

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 7-7


7.3 Central lubrication system Special equipment, attachments

Three-digit LED display


Under normal operation, the display is switched off. It is acti-
vated by briefly pressing one of the two buttons. Current values
and preset parameters are displayed. The display also serves as
a user guide when programming operating parameters.

Display Meaning Statement Control function

The pilot device works as a time-


t = TIMER controlled contact transmitter Part of the lubrication cycle input
PA = PAUSE (TIMER) and is found in the PAUSE and display value in hours
operating mode.

c = COUNTER Caution! Do not use


PA = PAUSE This mode triggers a malfunction

The pilot device works as a time-


CONTACT = time during which the
t = TIMER controlled contact transmitter
pump is pumping
CO = CONTACT (TIMER) and is found in the pump
Input and display value in minutes
running time (CONTACT).

c = COUNTER Caution! Do not use


CO = CONTACT This mode triggers a malfunction

C = Cycle
Display of the start of the menu
O = OFF
“Monitoring settings”
P = Pressure

Monitoring The monitoring functions CS and


No system monitoring
OFF PS are switched off.

During the pump running time


Cycle Switch
Cycle switch monitoring is activated CONTACT, the cycle switch is
Cycle switch
monitored for signal emission.

Fault Low Level


Fault: too low Not used
level

Fault Cycle Switch


Not used
Fault: Cycle switch

Operation Hour Meter


The values displayed are the operating hours of the pilot device.
Service meter

Fault Hour Meter The values displayed are the fault hours. Time during which the machine
Fault hour meter was operated in the FAULT operating mode.

Missing signal from cycle switch. The pilot device is still within the
Block operation monitoring process, which is different from normal operation. If the fault
persists over 3 pump running times, a fault indication is issued.

7-8 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Index

8. Index

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 8-1


8.1 Index Index

8.1 Index

A D
accelerator pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 digging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
adjust steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 dimensions, machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
adjusting operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59 direction selector lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
adjusting seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 door release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
adjusting the steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 driving the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
air cleaner, filter insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 E
E.C.S.S.
B design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
battery main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-3
bleeding the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
booster cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
brake emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 emergency lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26, 4-11
checking the service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 emergency steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
insufficient brake power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 engine
brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
brakes starting with booster cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
with the service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
bucket equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
level indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93 EU directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
manual lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 excavating
bucket positioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76 using the machine
excavating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
C
carrying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83 F
caution lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
caution lamps, overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
CE-conforming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 first aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
CE-conforming equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 FOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
central lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 fuel, coolant and lubricant, general . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
changing the lubrication intervals and duration . 7-5 fuel, fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
display and operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
changing direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70 G
check, before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94 gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
control lever fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
additional functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 service meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
control levers general view
special equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
caution lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 H
gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
general view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 hydraulic system, changing filter insert . . . . . . . . 5-37
pilot lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
cooling system change coolant and clean
I
cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67 intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

8-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Index 8.1 Index

K changing filter cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53


engine oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
key data of the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
front axle
KOMTRAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109
checking oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
L fuel and coolant hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
levelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82 fuel filter, changing filter cartridge . . . . . . . . . 5-54
levers heater/air conditioner
multi-function lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 cleaning/renewing filter cloth . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 hydraulic system
special equipment control lever . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 changing filter insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
steering column adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 changing the venting filters . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
lifting, machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103 hydraulic oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 lubrication
locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95 articulated steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
lubricant rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38, 5-48
general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 refill grease in central lubrication system . 5-44
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 steering cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
work equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
M maintenance guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
machine rear axle
breaking in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 safety-critical parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 service brake, checking oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
engine serial no. plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 transfer case
general view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 adding oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 checking oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103 oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39, 5-66
loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98, 3-99 v-belt, checking, adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46, 5-60
locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95 wheel nuts, checking, retightening . . . . . . . . . 5-37
long-term storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107 window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
machine serial no. plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 maintenance procedure
operating data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 after the first 250 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30, 3-74
after the first 50 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
parking on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
after the first 500 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
corrective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
every 10 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
every 1000 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
every 1500 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
towing, after towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
every 2000 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31, 3-98
every 250 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
turning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
every 50 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
every 500 service hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
multi-function lever
machine monitor, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34, 3-75
machine monitor, general view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
maintenance
air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 N
changing safety filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 Nameplate
air conditioner, checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
battery, checking fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41 noise emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
bleeding fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
checking system pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 O
checking valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
cleaning air grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 operating conditions
cleaning the radiator fins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 working on loose ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
cooling system operating data, machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67 operating precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
cleaning cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67 operation
engine adjusting operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 8-3


8.1 Index Index

adjusting seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 asbestos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20


adjusting steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 leaving the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
changing direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70 pressure accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105 safety clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
decelerating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72 workplace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
digging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 safety labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7, 2-2
driving the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 safety-critical parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
handling tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96 serial no. plate
heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 FOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74 machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21, 3-87 operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
stockpiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74 service brake, checking brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
switching off the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94 service meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
visual check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 slope angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
v-shape loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84 speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
wheel loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 standards, EU directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
work equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75 starting switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
P steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
storage, long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
pedals 4th control circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
accelerator pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 auto-inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
pilot lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-14 blower switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 cab light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 direction selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
precautions E.C.S.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 3-27
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Engine shutdown secondary switch . . . . . . . . 3-31
driving on slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 general view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
hazard warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
pressure accumulator
quick coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
E.C.S.S. pressure accumulator . . . . . . . . 5-57, 7-3
rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22, 3-23
speed range 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
R speed regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22, 3-23 sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
return to dig starting switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76 temperature switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
warning beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
windshield wiper switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
S work light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 T
first aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
impermissible work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 maximum slope angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 noise emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 vibration levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
parking the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 tipping up the operator's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
safety labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
signal words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 towing
safety instructions after towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

8-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Index 8.1 Index

towing machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2


transport, machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31, 3-98
troubles, table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
troubleshooting table
axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
operator's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
turning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
tyre pressure,chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45, 3-96

U
using the machine
carrying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
forklift attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
levelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82
loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
near high-voltage cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
on snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
saving the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77

V
vibration levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

W
wear parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
weights, machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
work conditions
material containing asbestos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
work equipment
adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89, 3-94
attaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
control with multi-function lever . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
manual lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
work equipment lock lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
work equipment, lock lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
work place, safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 8-5


8.1 Index Index

8-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Notes

9. Notes

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 9-1


Notes

9-2 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Notes

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 9-3


Notes

9-4 WA70-7 – VENAM02003


Notes

WA70-7 – VENAM02003 9-5


Notes

9-6 WA70-7 – VENAM02003

You might also like